UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

(MarkOne)

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20132014

OR

 

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                 to                

Commission file number 001-35806

 

 

The ExOne Company

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware 46-1684608
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

127 Industry Boulevard North Huntingdon, PA 15642 (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

(724) 863-9663 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨  Accelerated filer ¨x
Non-accelerated filer x¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates for the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $455.8$414.6 million.

As of March 20, 2014, 14,425,1082015, 14,521,137 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the general rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for its 20142015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (“Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Glossary of Defined Terms and Abbreviations

1

Explanatory Note

   21  

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

   21  

Trademarks, Service Marks and Trade Names

   32  

Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward Looking Statements

   32  

PART I

   54  

Item 1.

 Business   54  

Item 1A.

 Risk Factors   19  

Item 1B.

 Unresolved Staff Comments   3335  

Item 2.

 Properties   3335  

Item 3.

 Legal Proceedings   3335  

Item 4.

 Mine Safety Disclosures   3335  

PART II

   3436  

Item 5.

 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   3436  

Item 6.

 Selected Financial Data   39  

Item 7.

 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   40  

Item 7A.

 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   5650  

Item 8.

 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   5752  

Item 9.

 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   8785  

Item 9A.

 Controls and Procedures   8785  

Item 9B.

 Other Information   8886  

PART III

   8987  

Item 10.

 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   8987  

Item 11.

 Executive Compensation   8987  

Item 12.

 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   8987  

Item 13.

 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   8987  

Item 14.

 Principal Accountant Fees and Services   8987  

PART IV

   9088  

Item 15.

 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   9088  

 

i


GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

3D” means three dimensional.

AM” means additive manufacturing.

Amended MIT License Agreement” means the amendment to the Amended and Restated Exclusive Patent License Agreement by and between MIT and ExOne, dated January 22, 2013.

Company” means The ExOne Company.

ExMAL” means ExOne Materials Application Laboratory.

ExOne Americas” means ExOne Americas LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. ExOne Americas was formerly known as ProMetal.

ExTEC” means ExOne Training and Education Center.

IPO” means the initial public offering of the common stock of the Company, which was completed on February 12, 2013.

Lone Star” means Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC.

Majority Member” means affiliates of S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who is the indirect, sole shareholder of RHI and RFP.

MAM” means Machin-A-Mation, a specialty machine shop located in Chesterfield, Michigan, which ExOne Americas acquired on March 3, 2014.

MWT” means MWT-Gesellschaft für Industrielle Mikrowellentechnik mbH, a leading designer and manufacturer of industrial grade microwaves based in Elz, Germany, which ExOne GmbH acquired on March 6, 2014.

MIT” means Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Plan” means the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

ProMetal” means ProMetal RCT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company is the sole member of ProMetal. ProMetal’s name was changed to ExOne Americas LLC on March 28, 2013.

PSCs” means Production Service Centers.

Reorganization” means on January 1, 2013, The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, merged with and into a Delaware corporation, which survived and changed its name to The ExOne Company.

RFP” mean Rockwell Forest Products, Inc.

RHI” means Rockwell Holdings, Inc.

TMF” means Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC.

TRUST” means the S. Kent Rockwell 1997 Irrevocable Trust.

Variable Interest Entities” means Lone Star and TMF prior to March 27, 2013.

EXPLANATORY NOTE

On January 1, 2013, The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, merged with and into a Delaware corporation, which survived and changed its name to The ExOne Company. We refer to this as the Reorganization.“Reorganization.” As a result of the Reorganization, The Ex One Company, LLC became the Company, a Delaware corporation, the common and preferred interest holders of The Ex One Company, LLC became holders of common stock and preferred stock, respectively, of the Company and the subsidiaries of The Ex One Company, LLC became the subsidiaries of the Company. The preferred stock of the Company was converted into common stock on a 9.5 to 1 basis (1,998,275 shares of common stock) immediately prior to the IPO.our initial public offering (“IPO”).

On February 6, 2013, the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-185933) was declared effective for the Company’s IPO, pursuant to which the Company registered the offering and sale of 6,095,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $18.00 per share for an aggregate offering price of $109.7 million. The IPO closed on February 12, 2013.

On September 9, 2013, we commenced a secondary public offering of 3,054,400 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $62.00 per share, of which 1,106,000 shares were sold by us and 1,948,400 were sold by selling stockholders (including consideration of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). The secondary offering closed on September 13, 2013.

All consolidated financial information in this Annual Report on Form 10-Kreport includes Thethe accounts of ExOne, Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, ExOne Americas LLC (United States), ExOne GmbH (Germany), ExOne KK (Japan); effective in August 2013, ExOne Property GmbH (formerly(Germany); effective in March 2014, MWT—Gesellschaft für Industrielle Mikrowellentechnik mbH (Germany); effective in May 2014, ExOne Holding Deutschland GmbH) (Germany)Italy S.r.l (Italy) and through March 27, 2013 (see further description below), two variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which ExOne KK (Japan)was identified as the primary beneficiary, Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC (“Lone Star”) and Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC (“TMF”).

All financial information for periods prior to January 1, 2013 is of The Ex One Company, LLC, our predecessor company, and its subsidiaries, and all financial information for periods prior to March 27, 2013, include Troy Metal Fabricating, LLCTMF and Lone Star, Metal Fabrication, LLC, two variable interest entitiesVIEs in which ExOne was identified as the primary beneficiary.

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, the terms “ExOne,” “our Company,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” and “us” refer to The ExOne Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies.

As an emerging growth company:

 

weWe are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditorsindependent registered public accounting firm on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

weWe are permitted to provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

weWe are not required to give our stockholders non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

weWe have elected to use an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will continue to operate under these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, qualify as a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (which(the “Exchange Act”), which requires us to have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates),non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens.

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We have registrations in the United States for X1.the following trademarks: EXONE, EXTEC, LUXCELIS,M-FLEX, ORION, PROFILEVIEW, and S MAX. We also have applications for registration pending for the following trademarks: EXCAST, EXERIAL, EXMAL, X1 ExOne Digital Part Materialization (plus design), INNOVENT, M-PRINT, S-MAX, S-MAX+, S-PRINT, X1, and X1-LAB. We also have registrations for EXONE in China, Europe (Community Trade Mark), Japan, and South Korea, and an application for registration pending in Canada for that trademark. We have filedregistrations for trademark registrationsX1 ExOne Digital Part Materialization (plus design) in the United StatesChina, Europe (Community Trade Mark), and in Canada, Europe, Japan, China,South Korea, and applications for registration pending in Brazil and Canada for ExOne andthat mark. We have a registration for the mark X1 pending in Europe (Community Trade Mark). We have a registration for the mark EX-1 in Europe (Community Trade Mark). We have registrations for a stylized form of X1 ExOne DIGITAL PART MATERIALIZATION.in Europe (Community Trade Mark) and South Korea. We have filed for trademark registrations in Canada and Japan for DIGITAL PART MATERIALIZATION.MATERIALIZATION in Japan and South Korea. We have an application for registration in Germany for the trademark S-MAX. We have applications for registration pending in Europe (Community Trade Mark) for the trademarks M-FLEX, EXERIAL, and INNOVENT. We also filedhave a registration in Canada for the trademark registrations in the United States for ExCAST, ExMAL, ExTEC, and M-Flex.LUXCELIS. Additionally, in March 2014 we acquired the trade names for MAMMachin-A-Mation Corporation (“MAM”) and MWT.MWT — Gesellschaft für Industrielle Mikrowellentechnik mbH (“MWT”). This prospectusAnnual Report on Form 10-K also contains trademarks, service marks and trade names’ of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, marks and trade names referred to in this prospectusAnnual Report on Form 10-K may appear without the® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these marks and trade names. Third-party marks and trade names used herein are for nominative informational purposes only and their use herein in no way constituteconstitutes or areis intended to be a commercial use of such names and marks. The use of such third-party names and marks in no way constitutes or should be construed to be an approval, endorsement or sponsorship of us, or our products or services, by the owners of such third-party names and marks.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act with respect to our future financial or business performance, strategies, or expectations. Forward-looking statements typically are identified by words or phrases such as “trend,” “potential,” “opportunity,” “pipeline,” “believe,” “comfortable,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “current,” “intention,” “estimate,” “position,” “assume,” “outlook,” “continue,” “remain,” “maintain,” “sustain,” “seek,” “achieve,” as well as similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” and “may.”

We caution that forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and we assume no duty to and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance.

In addition to risk factors previously disclosed in our reports and those identified elsewhere in this report, the following factors, among others, could cause results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance: timing and length of sales of machines; risks related to global operations including effects of foreign currency and risks related to the situation in the Ukraine; our ability to qualify more industrial materials in which we can print; the availability of skilled personnel; the impact of increased operating expenses and expenses relating to proposed acquisitions, investments and alliances; our strategy, including the expansion and growth of our operations; the impact of loss of key management; our plans regarding increased international operations in additional international locations; sufficiency of funds for required capital expenditures, working capital, and debt service; the adequacy of sources of liquidity; expectations regarding demand for our industrial products, operating revenues, operating and maintenance expenses, insurance expenses and deductibles, interest expenses, debt levels, and other matters with regard to outlook; demand for aerospace, automotive, heavy equipment, energy/oil/gas and other industrial products; the scope, nature or impact of acquisitions, alliances and strategic investments and our ability to integrate acquisitions and strategic investments; liabilities under laws and regulations protecting the environment; the impact of governmental laws and regulations; operating hazards, war, terrorism and cancellation or unavailability of insurance coverage; the effect of litigation and contingencies; the impact of

disruption of our manufacturing facilities or PSCs;production service centers (“PSCs”); the adequacy of our protection of our intellectual property; and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

These and other important factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may cause our actual results of operations to differ materially from any future results of operations expressed or implied by the forward looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Before making a decision to purchase our common stock, you should carefully consider all of the factors identified in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that could cause actual results to differ from these forward looking statements.

PART I

Item 1. Business.

The Company

We are a global provider of 3Dthree dimensional (“3D”) printing machines and 3D printed and other products, materials and other services to industrial customers. Our business primarily consists of manufacturing and selling 3D printing machines and printing products to specification for our customers using our installed base of 3D printing machines. We offer pre-production collaboration and print products for customers through our seveneight PSCs, which are located in the United States, Germany, Italy and Japan. We build 3D printing machines at our facilities in the United States and Germany. We also supply the associated materials, including consumables and replacement parts, and other services, including training and technical support that is necessary for purchasers of our machines to print products. We believe that our ability to print in a variety of industrial materials, as well as our industry-leading printing capacity (as measured by build box size and printheadprint head speed) uniquely position us to serve the needs of industrial customers.

Our 3D printing machines use our binder jetting technology, powdered materials, chemical binding agents and integrated software to print 3D products directly from computer models by repeatedly depositing very thin layers of powdered materials and selectively placing chemical binding agents to form the printed product. One of our key industry advantages is that our machines are able to print products in materials which we believe are desired by industrial customers. Currently, our 3D printing machines are able to manufacture casting molds and cores from specialty silica sand and ceramics, which are the traditional materials for these casting products. Of equal importance, our 3D printing machines are capable of direct product materialization by printing in industrial metals, including stainless steel, bronze, iron, bonded tungsten, IN Alloy 625 and bonded tungsten.glass. We are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials, for printing, such as titanium and tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium.carbide. We have also undertaken an analysis of safety precautions for printing reactive materials, including possible facility and machine modifications. Our current material development plan calls for the implementation of such modifications as soon as practicable.in the beginning of the third quarter of 2015. Our continued goal is to qualify an additional indirect or directly printed industrial material every six months.

We believe that we are a leader in providing 3D printing machines, 3D printed and other products, materials and other services to industrial customers in the aerospace, automotive, heavy equipment, energy/oil/gas and other industries. In an effort to further solidify this position, the net proceeds from our IPOwe have been earmarked or spent in order to (i) expandexpanded our PSC network to fifteeneight global locations, by the end of 2015, (ii) increaseincreased capacity and upgradeupgraded technology in our production facilities in Germany, including consolidating our operations from five buildings located throughout the district of Augsburg to one purpose-builtmulti-purpose manufacturing, research and development, sales and administrative facility, (iii) expandexpanded our materials development initiatives, (iv) selected and achieve our goalare in the process of one new industrial material qualified every six months, (iv) select and deploydeploying an Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system to promote operational efficiency and financial controls, globally, (v) paypaid off existingpre-existing debt, and (vi) deploydeployed working capital to support growth. These uses of proceeds and priorities are consistent with the plan outlined by us during our IPO and communicated to our stockholders thereafter.

Our revenue growth is driven by increasing customer acceptance of our 3D printing technology. We believe that we can accelerate customer adoption of our technology by delivering turnkey 3D printing services and products, from design through product completion. In developing our next generation 3D printing machine platforms, we successfully focused on achieving the volumetric output rate demanded by our industrial customers. Our refined strategic focus emphasizes all phases of the production cycle, notably enhancements to pre-print, such as Computer Aided Design (“CAD”), simulation, and design optimization, as well as post-print processing, including metal finishing technologies and precision casting capabilities. We are exploring a combination of acquisitions, strategic investments, and/or alliances, some of which we believe will promote advances in pre-print and post-print processing. We intend to use part or all of the proceeds from our September 2013 secondary offering to achieve these and other objectives to maximize and attain our growth potential.

We conduct a significant portion of our business with a limited number of customers. Our top five customers represented approximately 23.1%, 25.5%, 31.7% and 40.9%31.7% of total revenue for 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. There were no customers for 2014, 2013 or 2012 that individually represented 10.0% or greater of

our total revenue. During 2011, we had one customer that individually represented 10.0% or greater of total revenue (Ryoyu Systems, a 3D printing machine customer). Sales of 3D printing machines are low volume, but generate significant revenue based on their per-unit pricing. Generally, sales of 3D printers are to different customers in each respective period, with the timing of such sales dependent on the customer’s capital budgeting cycle, which may vary from period to period. The nature of the revenue from 3D printing machines does not leave us dependent upon a single or a limited number of customers. Sales of 3D printed and other products, materials and other services are high volume, but generally result in a significantly lower aggregate price per order as compared to 3D printing machine sales. The nature of the revenue from 3D printed and other products, materials and other services does not leave us dependent upon a single or a limited number of customers.

The Company manages its business globally in a single operating segment in which it develops, manufactures and markets 3D printing machines, 3D printed and micromachinery, printedother products, materials and other services. Geographically, the Company conducts its business through wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United States, Germany, Italy and Japan.

Our History

Our business began as the advanced manufacturing business of the Extrude Hone Corporation, which manufactured its first 3D printing machine in 2003 using licensed technology developed by researchers at MIT.the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (“MIT”). In 2005, our business assets were transferred to The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, when Extrude Hone Corp. was purchased by another company. In 2007, we were acquired by S. Kent Rockwell through his wholly-owned company RFP.Rockwell Forest Products, Inc. On January 1, 2013, our Reorganization was completed when The Ex One Company, LLC was merged with and into a newly created Delaware corporation, which changed its name to The ExOne Company. On February 12, 2013, we completed our IPO, raising approximately $90.4 million in net proceeds after expenses to us. On September 13, 2013 we completed a secondary public offering, raising an additional $64.9 million in net proceeds after expenses to us.

The Additive Manufacturing Industry and 3D Printing

3D printing is the most common type of an emerging manufacturing technology that is broadly referred to as additive manufacturing.manufacturing (“AM”). In general, AM is a term used to describe a manufacturing process that produces 3D objects directly from digital or computer models through the repeated deposit of very thin layers of material. 3D printing is the process of joining materials from a digital 3D model, usually layer by layer, to make objects using a printhead,print head, nozzle, or other printing technology. The terms “AM” and “3D printing” are increasingly being used interchangeably, as the media and marketplace have popularized the term 3D printing rather than AM, which is the industry term.

AM represents a transformational shift from traditional forms of manufacturing (e.g.(e.g., machining or tooling), which are sometimes referred to as subtractive manufacturing. We believe that AM and 3D printing are poised to displace traditional manufacturing methodologies in a growing range of industrial applications. Our 3D printing process differs from other forms of 3D printing processes, in that we use a chemical binding agent and focus on industrial products and materials.

ExOne and 3D Printing

We provide 3D printed and other products, materials and other services primarily to industrial customers and other end-market users. We believe that we are an early entrant into the AM industrial products market and are one of the few providers of 3D printing solutions to industrial customers in the aerospace, automotive, heavy equipment and energy/oil/gas industries.

Our binder jetting 3D printing technology was developed over 15 years ago by researchers at MIT. Our machines build or print products from CAD by depositing successive thin layers of particles of materials such as silica sand or metal powder in a “build box.” A moveable printheadprint head passes over each layer and deposits a

chemical binding agent in the selected areas where the finished product will be materialized. Each layer can be unique.

 

Depending on the industrial material used in printing, printed products may need post-production processing. We generally use silica sand or foundry sand for casting, both of which typically require no additional processing. Products printed in other materials, such as glass or metals, or for use in specific applications, may need varying amounts of heat treating, drying or other post-processing.

Pre-Print.We believe that our customers have the opportunity to take greater advantage of the design freedom that our 3D printing technology provides. While we collaborate with our customers to develop and refine CAD designs that meet our customers’ specifications and can be read and processed by our 3D printing machines, we believe that additional pre-print capabilities would empower our customers to fully exploit the design freedom of 3D printing. As a result, we are exploring ways to develop, through a combination of acquisitions, strategic investments, and/or alliances, advanced CAD, simulation and design optimization tools. With these enhanced pre-print capabilities, our customers will be able to imagine, design, optimize and produce their ideal products, unconstrained by the limitations imposed by traditional manufacturing technologies.

Industrial Materials.As we experience increased demand for our products globally, it is essential that the material supply chain and distribution channels match and be in close proximity to our current and prospective customers. To ensure that such a supply chain exists or quickly develops, we may vertically integrate the supply of our print media. In addition, for the highest quality printed products, the sand grains and metal particles used in the 3D printing process must be uniform in size and meet very specific tolerances. Vertically integrating would have the additional advantage of ensuring that our PSCs and machine customers have certainty of access to the highest quality print media, meeting the exact specifications of our 3D printing machines.

Our Machines.Our 3D printing machines consist of a build box that includes a machine platform and a computer processor controlling the printheadsprint heads for applying layers of industrial materials and binding agents. We currently build our 3D printing machines in both Germany and the United States. Our machines are used to produce molds for castings, products for end users and prototypes. In some situations, we can make prototypes in metal rather than resin polymer, or make a part from a mold for the casting of a newly designed part, which we then cast at a qualified foundry. As a result, the prototype can be made from the same material as the final production part, which allows for more accurate testing of the prototype. We provide a broad spectrum of qualified materials for direct product materialization and are continuing to qualify additional materials for use in our printing process.

Our machines are used primarily to manufacture industrial products that are ordered in relatively low volumes, are highly complex and have a high value to the customer. For example, the manufacture of an aircraft

requires several complex parts, such as transmission housings (also known as gear-casings), which are needed in relatively low volume and have a high performance value in the aircraft. There are also a variety of machine parts made in traditional machining processes that can be made more cheaply using those processes. Over time, we may be able to manufacture some of those parts more cost effectively. Our technology is not appropriate for the mass production of simple parts, such as injection molded parts or parts made in metal stamping machines. Traditional manufacturing technology is more economical in making those parts. While we expect over time to be able to increase the kinds of parts that we can make more economically than using subtractive manufacturing, we do not ever expect to use our technology to make simple, low-cost, mass-produced parts.

The bulk of our machines are used to make complex sand molds, which are used to cast these kinds of parts for several industries; although, in some cases, we make the end part directly. We intend to expand the direct part production segment of our business as we grow. In addition, as our technologies advance and our unit cost of production decreases, we believe that we can increase the type and number of products that our 3D printing machines can manufacture in a cost-effective manner, expanding our addressable market. The latest generation in our machine portfolio allows customers to engage with our binder jetting technology for industrial series production, beyond the rapid prototyping and small batch production for which our other systems are being used.

Post-Print Processing.After a product is printed, the bound and unbound powder in the build box requires curing of the chemical binding agent. In the case of molds and cores, curing generally occurs at room temperature and the printed product is complete after the binder is cured. For certain applications, a drying process (utilizing an industrial microwave or other means) may be necessary. The mold or core is then poured at a foundry, yielding the finished metal product. We have identified and work with high quality foundries, and we are exploring ways to enhance the quality of precision castings in order to drive additional demand for our molds and cores and the machine platforms that print them. In conjunction with precision foundry capabilities, we believe that our casting technology offers a number of advantages over traditional casting methods, including increased yield, weight reduction and improved thermal range.

For other materials, such as stainless steel, bronze, iron and bonded tungsten, the product needs to be sintered, or sintered and infiltrated. With sintering, the product is placed into a vacuum furnace in an inert atmosphere to sinter the bonded particles and form a strong bonded porous structure. The porous structure can be further infiltrated with another material to fill the voids. After the sintering and infiltration, the product can be polished and finished with a variety of standard industrial methods and coatings. We believe that our direct materialization capabilities enable customers to develop the ideal design for products, free of the design constraints inherent in traditional manufacturing, in the industrial metal of choice and in a more efficient manner than traditional manufacturing methods.

Customers and Sales

Educating Our Customers.

Educating our customers and raising awareness in our target markets about the many uses and benefits of our 3D printing technology is an important part of our sales process. We believe that customers who experience the efficiency gains, decreased lead-time, increased design flexibility, and decreased cost potential of 3D printing, as compared to subtractive manufacturing, are more likely to purchase our machines and be repeat customers of our products. We educate our customers on the design freedom, speed, and other benefits of 3D printing by providing printing and design services and support through our growing number of PSCs. We also seek to expose key potential users to our products through our PSCs, installed machines at customers’ locations, university programs, and sales and marketing efforts.

Production Service Centers.

We have established a network of seveneight PSCs in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania; Troy, Michigan; Houston, Texas; Auburn, Washington; North Las Vegas, Nevada; Augsburg, Germany;Gersthofen, Germany, Desenzano del Garda, Italy; and Kanagawa, Japan. Our five PSCs located in the United States were certified to ISO 9001:2008 as

Industrial Additive Manufacturers. Through our PSCs, we provide sales and marketing and delivery of support and printing services to our

customers. At our PSCs, our customers see our printing machines in operation and can evaluate their production capabilities before ordering a machine or a printed product. The PSCs are scalable and have a well-defined footprint that can be easily replicated to serve additional regional markets. As described below, placing our PSCs in strategic locations around the world is an important part of our business strategy.

For all customers, we offer the following support and services through our PSCs:

 

  

Pre-production Collaboration. Our pre-print services include data capture using software that enables customers to translate their product vision into a digital design format that can be used as an input to our 3D printing equipment. We help our customers successfully move from the design stage to the production stage, and help customers evaluate the optimal design and industrial materials for their production needs. For example, we worked with a customer to design and manufacture parts that eliminated significant weight from a helicopter, which was possible because of the precision of our AM process. Our machines are also able to deliver a replacement for a product broken by the customer rapidly or often immediately because we will already have the production computer file. Using subtractive manufacturing would take significantly longer.

 

  

Consumables. We provide customers with the inputs used in our 3D printing machines, including tools, printing media/industrial materials, and bonding agents.

 

  

Training and Technical Support. Our technicians train customers to use our machines through hands-on experience at our PSCs and provide field support to our customers, including design assistance, education on industrial materials, operations and printing training, instruction on cleaning, and maintenance and troubleshooting.

 

  

Replacement Parts and Service. For the first year after purchase of one of our machines, we provide complimentary service and support. Thereafter, we offer a variety of service and support plans.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

 

  

Volumetric Output Rate. We believe that our 3D printing machines provide us the highest rate of volume output per unit of time among competing AM technologies. Because of our early entrance into the industrial market for AM and our investment in our core 3D printing technology, we have been able to improve the printheadprint head speed and build box size of our machines. As a result, we have made strides in improving the output efficiency of our machines, as measured by volume output per unit of time. For example, the machine cost per cubic inch for our mid-size Flex machine is approximately 5% of the comparable machine cost of its predecessor, the R 2, assuming a constant 80% utilization rate over a five-year period. With continued advances in our core 3D printing technologies, we believe that our cost of production will continue to decline, increasing our ability to compete with subtractive manufacturing processes, particularly for complex products, effectively expanding our addressable market.

 

  

Printing Platform Size. The size of the build box area and the platform upon which we construct a product is important to industrial customers, who may want to either make a high number of products per job run or make an industrial product that has large dimensions and is heavy in final form. Our 1,260-liter platform for our S-Max machineThe Exerial, is one of the largest commercially available 3D printing build platforms.platforms at 3,168 liters. The Exerial is uniquely equipped with two job boxes, each 1.5 times larger than the single job box in our next largest model, the S-Max, a 1,260-liter platform machine, resulting in a total print volume of approximately 2.5 times that of the S-Max. We believe that our technology and experience give us the potential to develop even largerlarge build platforms to meet the production demands of current and potential industrial customers. In addition, we have created machine platforms in fourvarious size ranges in order to cater to the varying demands of our customers. Our two largest platforms, the MaxExerial and PrintMax machines, are differentiated from the machines of our competitors in their ability to print in an industrial size and scale. Our LabInnovent (formerly X1-Lab) size platform provides a small build box for both lab work and experimentation.qualification.

  

Industrial MaterialMaterials. Currently, our 3D printing machines are able to manufacture casting molds and cores from specialty silica sand and ceramics, which are the traditional materials for these casting products. Of equal importance, our 3D printing machines are also capable of direct product materialization by printing in industrial metals, including stainless steel, bronze, iron, bonded tungsten, IN Alloy 625 and bonded tungsten.glass. We are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials, for printing, such as titanium and tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium.carbide. We have also undertaken an analysis of safety precautions for printing reactive materials, including possible facility and machine modifications. Our current material development plan calls for the implementation of such modifications as soon as practicable.in the beginning of the third quarter of 2015. Our continued goal is to qualify an additional indirect or directly printed industrial material every six months.

 

  

Chemical Binding. We use liquid chemical binding agents during the printing process. We believe that our unique chemical binding agent technology can more readily achieve efficiency gains over time than other AM technologies, such as laser-fusing technologies. For instance, in order to increase the print speed of laser-based technologies, another expensive industrial laser must be added to the manufacturing process, raising the unit cost of production.

 

  

International Presence. Since our inception, we have structured our business to cater to major international markets. We have established one or more PSCs in each of North America, Europe and Asia. Because many of our current or potential customers are global industrial companies, it is important that we have a presence in or near the areas where these companies have manufacturing facilities.

 

  

Co-location of High Value Production. Over the last few years, many U.S. industrial manufacturers have outsourced products supply or otherwise created long, relatively inflexible supply chains for their high-complexity, high-value products. We believe that over the next few years, many of these companies will need to build these products in the United States, near their main manufacturing facilities, in order to be competitive nationally and internationally. We believe we are well positioned to help these manufacturers co-locate the production of products so as to optimize our customers’ supply chains.

Our Business Strategy

The principal elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  

Expand the Network of Production Service Centers. Our PSCs provide a central location for customer collaboration and provide customers with a direct contact point to learn about our 3D printing technology, buy products printed by us, and purchase our machines. ByWe plan to focus on the endutilization and productivity of our existing PSC network, and to consider the appropriate global expansion to match our perceived demand for production as well as prototyping. During 2014 we expanded our PSC network through our investment in the Lombardy region of Italy. This PSC consists of an approximately 3,300 square foot leased facility and utilizes one each of our S-Max and S-Print 3D printing machines. This location also serves as a machine sales center for the country. In 2015, we plan to expand our PSC network from the current seven locationsdirect metal printing capabilities to fifteen locations. Like our currentexisting PSCs we plan to locate the additionallocated in Europe and Asia. Each of our PSCs are located in a major industrial centerscenter near existing and potential customers. Our current plan also includes opening two or more additional locationsWe continuously monitor both customer and market trends in assessing the first half of 2014.opportunity to further expand our global PSC network.

 

  

Qualify New Industrial Materials Printable In Our Systems. Currently, ourOur 3D printing machines are capableused for both development and commercial printing. We believe certain of our customers are interested in printing materials for their own development or other interests without regard to utilizing our post- processing methods. We have qualified for printing for production by customers or in silica sand, ceramics,our PSCs the following direct printed materials: 420 stainless steel bronze,infiltrated with bronze; 316 stainless steel infiltrated with bronze; iron infiltrated with bronze; IN Alloy 625; bronze; bonded tungsten and glass. We have also qualified silica sand and ceramic sand for indirect printing. We are in varying stages of

qualifying additional industrial materials, for printing, such as titanium and tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium.carbide. We have also undertaken an analysis of safety precautions for printing reactive materials, including possible facility and machine modifications. Our current material development plan calls for the implementation of such modifications as soon as practicable.in the beginning of the third quarter of 2015. Our continued goal is to qualify an additional indirect or directly printed industrial material every six months. These qualified materials are distinguishable from printable materials in that they are commercially available for sale in industrial densities or for finished products printed at our PSCs. Our 3D printing machines are used for both development and commercial printing. We believe certain of our customers are interested in printing materials for their own development or other interests without regard to utilizing our post-processing methods. Additional materials printable in our printing systems include cobalt-chrome, IN Alloy 718, iron-chrome-aluminum, 17-4 stainless steel, 316 stainless steel and tungsten carbide. By expanding into these otherboth qualified and printable materials, we believe we can expand our market share and better serve our industrial customer base. WeDuring 2013, we established ExMAL,our ExOne Materials Application Laboratory (“ExMAL”), which focuses principally on materials testing. We believe ExMAL will assist us in increasing the rate at which we are able to qualify new materials. ExMAL is led by our Chief Technology Officer, Rick Lucas, whose background includes experience in materials testing and certification.

  

Increase the Efficiency of Our Machines to Expand the Addressable Market. We intend to invest in further developing our machine technology so as to increase the volume output per unit of time that our machines can produce. In 2011, we began selling a new second generation mid-sized platform, theS-Print machine. In 2013, we began selling our new M-Flex machine. In both cases,2014, we began selling ourS-Max+ and M-Print machines. In 2015, we announced the Innovent and Exerial and expect to deliver our first machines to customers during the year. In each case, the new machines are designed to increase the volume output per unit of time through advances in printheadprint head speed and build box size. AchievingThe Exerial machine is unique compared to ExOne’s predecessor systems in that it contains multiple industrial stations that allow for continuous production and simultaneous processing and is targeted at larger scale production achieving improved production speed and efficiency will expand our potential market for our machines and for products made in our PSCs.

 

  

Focus Upon Customer Training and Education to Promote Awareness. We useIn addition to using our regional PSCs to educate our potential customers. In addition,customers, in 2014 we launched the ExOne Training and Education Center (“ExTEC”), Academy to advance technical expertise, training and service support for our customer base. Our ExTEC Academy targets not only binder jetting awareness but training of customers and technicians in operations and service. We currently offer ExTEC Academy instruction on indirect printing and machine operation in Gersthofen, Germany, with plans to expand our ExTEC offerings into locations in Japan and the United States. As part of ExTEC, we have supplied 3D printing equipment to more than 20 universities and research institutions, in hopes of expanding the base of future adopters of our technology. We establishedAt ExTEC in our North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania headquarters. At ExTEC,Academy, technicians guide our current and prospective customers in the optimal use of 3D printing and customers gain digital access to our 3D printing knowledge database as it continues to evolve. We make ExTEC Academy accessible to universities, individual customers, employees/trainees, designers, engineers, and others interested in 3D printing. We will continue to educate the marketplace about the advantages of 3D printing.

 

  

Achieve Revenue Balance and Diversification. Over the long-term, our goal is to balance revenue between machine sales and PSC production, service contracts and consumables. Machine sales tend to be seasonal, less predictable, and generally more heavily impacted by the macroeconomic cycle, as compared to PSC production, service contracts and consumables. As we sell more machines, the machine sales portion of our business will be supplemented by related sales of service, replacement parts and consumables. To avoid being overly dependent on economic conditions in one part of the world, we intend to develop our customer base so that our revenues are balanced across the Americas, Europe and Asia. As overall revenues increase, maintaining this balance will largely be achieved by targeting specific customers and industries for machine sales and by establishing PSCs in each of our key regions.

  

Advance Pre-Print Design and Post-Print Processing Capabilities to Accelerate the Growth of Our 3D Printing Technology.Our next generation 3D printing machine platforms have achieved the volumetric output rate and quality necessary to serve industrial markets on a production scale. We believe that there is an opportunity to similarly advance the pre-print and post-print processing phases of product materialization to more fully exploit the transformative power of our 3D printing machines and drive growth. These opportunities relate to both direct and indirect product materialization. For direct metal production, we believe that enhancing pre-print processes, notably design optimization tools and suitable print material availability, can greatly accelerate our capture of market share in the near-term. Additionally, enhancements to post-print processing will increase the applications for printed products. Through ExMAL, we are developing post-print processing technologies to achieve fully dense metal product materialization without the need for infiltration, and we are exploring technology sharing partnerships to further this initiative. In indirect production utilizing 3D printed molds and cores, advanced performance casting technologies can be leveraged to increase yields and reduce weight of casted products. To address the market opportunity and fill the execution gap, we have developed a suite of processes, many of which are proprietary, for producing high-quality castings through a process that we call ExCAST. ExCASTExCast. ExCast provides industry guidance and support through all stages of production, from CAD at the design stage, through the 3D materialization of molds and cores, metal casting of the end product and rapid delivery to the end-user.

 

  

Pursue Growth Opportunities Through Acquisitions, Alliances and/or Strategic Investments. We intend to opportunistically identify and, through acquisitions, alliances and/or strategic investment, integrate and advance complementary businesses, technologies and capabilities. Our goal is to expand the functionality of our products, provide access to new customers and markets, and increase our production capacity. We are in active discussions with parties that we believe can contribute to a superior end-to-end manufacturing process. Additional information regarding recent acquisitions and strategic investments is described underItem 1 – Business – 2014 Acquisitions.

Our Machines and Machine Platforms

We produce a variety of machines in order to enable designers and engineers to rapidly, efficiently, and cost-effectively design and produce industrial prototypes and production parts. The models of our machines differ based on the materials in which they print, build box size, and production speeds, but all utilize our advanced technology and designs. The variation in the models of machines that we produce allows for flexibility of use based on the needs of our customers.

We have created machine platformsExerial. The Exerial is our newest indirect printing machine. It is unique compared to our other indirect printing systems in that it contains multiple industrial stations that allow for continuous production and simultaneous processing. The Exerial is distinctly equipped with two job boxes, each 1.5 times larger than the single job box in our next largest model, the S-Max. Notably, the Exerial system offers a total build platform of 3,168 liters and is expected to be capable of printing output rates nearly four size ranges in order to cater to the job sizes at the machine prices that the market demands. Our two largest platforms, the “Max” size platform and the “Print” size platform, are differentiated from those of our competitors in their ability to print on an industrial size and scale.

We further differentiate our model name by a prefix of either “M” or “S” before the platform name. The S prefix indicates that the machine is largely used for printing molds and cores for castings. The M prefix indicates that the machine is largely used for the direct printing of objects. The largest platform, the Max size, is generally used for castings, and therefore the current model in this platform istimes faster than the S-Max. The Print size platform is broadly applicable inExerial utilizes a varietynew recoater system, multiple print heads and automation controls. As part of industrial uses, and therefore,the development of the Exerial, we have introducedfiled five patents related to machine design elements. We will formally debut this machine at the platform with bothM-PrintGIFA International Foundry Trade Fair in Dusseldorf, Germany in June 2015 and S-Print machines. We are currently offering the new Flex platformexpect to begin selling this machine in an M-Flex machine. The Lab size platform is primarily sold and used as the X1-Lab machine (a direct printing machine).2015.

Our machines come in a variety of sizes and are named for the size of print job they are able to produce. In descending order by capacity are our Max, Print, Flex, and Lab machines.

S-Max.S-Max/S-Max+.The S-Max machine theis our largest of our machines, has a build box size of 1.8 meters x 1 meter x 0.7 meters and sells for approximately $1.4 million (based upon average model options and exchange rates). The total time to produce an entire build box on the S-Max is approximately 24 hours.indirect printing machine presently available. We introduced theS-Max machine in 2010 to provide improved size and speed over the predecessor model, the S-15. Our PSCs eachThe S-Max has a build box size of 1,800 x 1,000 x 700mm. The S-Max machine is generally have at least one S-Max or S-15 machine installed on-site, which provides ourused by customers with the ability to print castinginterested in printing complex molds and cores on an industrial scale.scale for casting applications. Each of our global PSCs has at least one S-Max machine installed on-site. In addition to our traditionalS-Max machine, during 2014 we introduced an S-Max+ configuration designed for easier post-processing of the build box for certain applications which require phenolic or sodium silicate binder for printing.

S-Print/M-Print.Our Print machine platform has been completely redesigned and is our current mid-sized machine platform. The S-Print machine provides(indirect) and M-Print (direct) machines are our mid-sized printing machines presently available. Both the same cutting edge technology available in theS-Max platform, with an average price pointS-Print and M-Print have a build box size of approximately $0.8 million (based upon average model options and exchange rates). 800 x 500 x 400mm.

The S-Print machine is generally used by customers interested in printing objects made from silica sand and ceramics, with a particular focus on industrial applications for smaller casting cores that are often required for the aerospace industry, especially in hydraulic applications. The build box size also permits the use of exotic and expensive print materials, such as ceramics, that are required for high heat/high strength applications. The S-PrintM-Print machine build box is approximately 125 liters. This same basic platform is used in the M-Print, which isgenerally used by customers interested in direct printing of objects made from metals and glass. The average price point of the M-Print is approximately $0.9 million (based upon average model options and exchange rates). We have installed both S-Print and M-Print machines in certain of our PSCs to complement theour S-Max and S-15 machines currently in use.

M-Flex. The M-Flex machine is our most flexible direct printing machine presently available. We introduced ourthe M-Flex machine platform in 2013. We expect the M-Flex2013 to satisfy the demand for a large range of industrial customers that are interested in directly printing metals, ceramic and glass products. The average price point of approximately $0.4 million (based upon average model options and exchange rates) is designed to satisfy demand from industrial production houses. We have further developed a collaborative process for assisting the users in production implementation through theour ExTEC and ExMAL organizational efforts. The M-Flex has a build box size of 400 x 250 x 250mm.

X1-Lab.Innovent.The X1-LabInnovent is the smallest of our direct printing machines presently available. We introduced the Innovent machine in 2014 to provide improved size and speed over the predecessor model, the X1-Lab. As an industrial-grade, laboratory-sized machine, Innovent allows for testing material properties, specifically in educational institutions, research laboratories, and research and development departments at commercial organizations. Innovent is uniquely designed in that it balances a specific build platforms. Atbox for the technical qualification of materials with a smaller overall lab machine platform size, when compared to other industrial-grade 3D printers. Innovent offers a build volume that is eight times larger than the previous X1-Lab model – measuring at 65 x 160 x 65mm.

MWT Microwave. We offer industrial grade microwaves to be used in conjunction with our 3D printing systems for thermally processing certain sand molds or cores that are 3D printed using binders, such as phenolic binder, that require a drying process. Our microwave technology improves casting quality and reduces production costs for customers in specific industries, such as magnesium parts for aviation and steel alloy parts for hydraulic components. Our microwaves are customized designs and work with various of our systems, including Exerial, S-Max+ and S-Print.

Orion.The Orion is our laser micromachine. Micromachining is an average price pointintegrated process that combines the use of approximately $0.1 million (based upon average model optionsa short pulse laser with a patented trepanning (which is a type of laser drilling) head to capture and exchange rates), it is primarily used asmanipulate a development platform, as well as a teachinglaser beam. By controlling and manipulating the beam, the Orion machine can remove microns of material from precise locations with thousands of pulses per second. The beam manipulation capability allows for shape design features like tapers, making the Orion machine an effective tool for production of automotive and aerospace components. We elected to discontinue this product line effective at the end of 2014 in an engineering environment. There are over 20 X1-Lab machines installed at universities and research institutions in the United States and Europe.effort to focus our attention on our core 3D printing technologies.

Binding

We use liquid chemical binding agents during the printing process. We believe that our unique chemical binding agent technology can more readily achieve efficiency gains over time than other AM technologies such as laser-fusing technologies. For instance, in order to increase the print speed of laser-based technologies, another expensive industrial laser must be added to the manufacturing process, raising the unit cost of production.

We also announced in July 2013 that we have added(including phenolic and sodium silicate to our suite of binders for use in oursilicate) during the 3D printing process.

Phenolic binder, used with ceramic sand in the 3D printing of molds and cores, offers customers three benefits: (i) casting higher heat alloys; (ii) creating a higher strength mold or core; and (iii) improving the quality of the casting due to reduced expansion of the mold or core. These capabilities address challenges faced by the automotive, aerospace, heavy equipment and energy/oil/gas industries. We believe that the use of sodium

Sodium silicate will reducereduces or eliminateeliminates the release of fumes and gas in the casting process, helping to reduce costs associated with air ventilation and electrical and maintenance equipment, which we believe will appeal to casting houses that are in search of cleaner environmental processes.

Laser MicromachiningWe believe that our unique chemical binding agent technology can more readily achieve efficiency gains over time than other AM technologies such as laser-fusing technologies. For instance, in order to increase the print speed of laser-based technologies, another expensive industrial laser must be added to the manufacturing process, raising the unit cost of production.

In addition to manufacturing our 3D printing machines, we also manufacture the ExMicro Orion (“Orion”) machine, which is used for both conventional and exotic materials. Micromachining is an integrated process that combines the use of a short pulse laser with a patented trepanning (which is a type of laser drilling) head to capture and manipulate a laser beam. By controlling and manipulating the beam, the Orion machine, which we build in the United States, can remove microns of material from precise locations with thousands of pulses per second.

The beam manipulation capability allows us to shape design features like tapers, making the Orion machine an effective tool for production of automotive and aerospace components. The Orion machine sells for approximately $1.0 million, the first of which was sold to a production customer in 2013.

Marketing and Sales

We market our products under the ExOne brand name in our three major geographic regions — the Americas, Europe and Asia. Our sales are made primarily by our global sales force. Our sales force is augmented, in certain territories, by representatives with specific industry or territorial expertise. Even where we are supported by a representative, all of our product and service offerings provided by our PSCs are sold directly to customers by us.

We believe that our direct selling relationship helps to create one of the building blocks for our business — the creation of true collaboration between us and industrial customers who are interested in 3D printing. Increasingly, industrial producers are considering shifting from subtractive manufacturing techniques to 3D printing. Our marketing efforts include educating potential customers about 3D printing technology through collaboration starting with pre-production services and continuing with production and technical support at our PSCs. Currently, members of our sales peoplesalesforce are basedlocated in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania; Troy, Michigan; Houston, Texas; Auburn, Washington; North Las Vegas, Nevada; Augsburg,Gersthofen, Germany; Desenzano del Garda, Italy; and Kanagawa, Japan. In addition, in 2013 and 2014 we have opened international sales offices or appointed individual sales representatives in each of China, Brazil, Italy, Russia, United Kingdom, Spain, Portugal, France, Slovenia, Turkey, India, South Korea, Taiwan and PortugalSingapore, expanding our machines sales efforts for the full range of ExOne products and laying the groundwork for future PSCs in these markets in the process.services.

2014 Acquisitions

On March 3, 2014, ExOne Americas purchased (i) substantially all the assets of Machin-A-Mation Corporation,MAM, a specialty machine shop located in Chesterfield, Michigan, and (ii) the real property on which Machin-A-Mation’sMAM’s business is located for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5.0$4.9 million. The Machin-A-MationMAM business will remainremains in its current Michigan location, complementing our nearby PSC in Troy,

Michigan. This PSC focuses on advanced 3D printed cores and molds for the aerospace and shipbuilding industries. In addition, we expect to continue to serve and expand the existing Machin-A-MationMAM industrial customer base. We believe that Machin-A-Mation’sMAM’s specialty precision machining expertise helps us address the finishing requirements for complex parts which are cast from our 3D printed sand molds.

On March 6, 2014, ExOne GmbH acquired all of the shares of MWT-Gesellschaft für Industrielle Mikrowellentechnik mbH,MWT, a pioneer in industrial grade microwaves with leading design and manufacturing experience based in Elz, Germany, for approximately $4.8 million. We believe that this acquisition enhances our position as the market leader of 3D sand production systems for industry. Industrial grade microwaves are used for thermally processing certain sand molds or cores that are 3D printed using binders, such as phenolic binder, that require a drying process. Importantly, microwave technology improves casting quality and reduces production costs for customers in specific industries, such as magnesium parts for aviation and steel alloy parts for hydraulic components. MWT designs and manufactures equipment that is currently employed in our PSC operations. We also plan to offer this technology to customers in future system sales. MWT’sThe MWT microwave operation will be operationally integrated with our Augsburg,Gersthofen, Germany manufacturing operations.operations in 2015.

Our Customers

Our customers are located primarily in the Americas, Europe and Asia. We are a party to non-disclosure agreements with many of our customers, and therefore, are often prohibited from disclosing many of our customers’ identities. Our customers include several Fortune 500 companies that are leaders in their respective markets. The primary marketsindustries that we currently serve are:

 

aerospace;Aerospace;

 

automotive;Automotive;

 

heavyHeavy equipment; and

 

energy/Energy/oil/gas.

We conduct a significant portion of our business with a limited number of customers. Our top five customers represented approximately 23.1%, 25.5%, 31.7% and 40.9%31.7% of total revenue for 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. There were no customers for 2014, 2013 or 2012 that individually represented 10.0% or greater of total revenue. During 2011, we had one customer that individually represented 10.0% or greater of total revenue (Ryoyu Systems, a 3D printing machine customer). Sales of 3D printing machines are low volume, but generate significant revenue based on their per-unit pricing. Generally, sales of 3D printers are to different customers in each respective period, with the timing of such sales dependent on the customer’s capital budgeting cycle, which may vary from period to period. The nature of the revenue from 3D printing machines does not leave us dependent upon a single or a limited number of customers. Sales of 3D printed and other products, materials and other services are high volume, but generally result in a significantly lower aggregate price per order as compared to 3D printing machine sales. The nature of the revenue from 3D printed and other products, materials and other services does not leave us dependent upon a single or a limited number of customers.

For 3D printing machines, our terms of sale vary by transaction. To reduce credit risk in connection with 3D printing machine sales, we may, depending upon the circumstances, require certain amounts be prepaid. In some circumstances, we may require payment in full and may require international customers to furnish letters of credit. For 3D printed and other products and materials, our terms of sale generally require payment within 30 to 60 days after delivery, although we also recognize that longer payment periods are customary in some countries where we transact business. Services arrangements are generally billed in accordance with specific contract terms which typically correspond to performance of the related services.

Services and Warranty

We have fully trained service technicians to perform machine installations in the Americas, Europe and Asia. We generally provide an industry standard one-year warranty on installed machines. Customers can purchase additional service contracts for maintenance and service. Finally, weWe also sell sparereplacement parts which we maintain in stock worldwide to assist in providing service expeditiously to our customers.

Our terms of sale generally require payment within 30 to 60 days after shipment of a product, although we also recognize longer payment periods are customary in some countries where we transact business.

Suppliers

Our largest suppliers in 2013,2014, based upon dollar volume of purchases, were Bauer GmbH & Co KG, Erhardt & Leimer GmbH, Bosch Rexroth AG, MWT GmbH, Fuji Film Dimatix, Sciullo Machine, Intek Systems and T&S Materials.

We buy our industrial materials from several suppliers and, except as set forth below, the loss of any one would not materially adversely affect our business. We currently have a single supplier of printheadsprint heads for our 3D printing machines. While we believe that our printheadprint head supplier is replaceable, in the event of the loss of that supplier, we could experience delays and interruptions that might adversely affect the financial performance of our business. Additionally, we obtain certain preproductionpre-production services through design and data capture providers, and certain post-production services though vendors with whom we have existing and good relationships. The loss of any one of these providers or vendors would not materially adversely affect our business.

Research and Development

We spent approximately $8.2 million, $5.1 million, $1.9 million and $1.5$1.9 million on research and development during 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. We expect to continue to invest significantly in research and development in the future.

A significant portion of our research and development expenditures have been focused upon the:

 

chemistryChemistry of print materials and binder formulation;

 

mechanicsMechanics of droplet flight into beds of powder;

 

metallurgyMetallurgy of thermally processing metals that are printed through AM;

mechanicsMechanics of spreading powders in a job box;

 

transferTransfer of digital data through a series of software links, to drive a printhead;print head; and

 

synchronizingSynchronizing all of the above to print ever-increasing volumes of material per unit time.

Intellectual Property

Patents and MIT Licenses.Our technology is covered by a variety of patents or licenses for use of patents. We are the worldwide licensee of certain patents of MIT for certain AM printing processes (the “MIT Patents”), with exclusive rights to practice the patents in certain fields including the application of the printing processes to metals (with sublicensing rights), and non-exclusive rights to practice the patents in certain fields including the application of the printing processes to certain non-metals (without sublicensing rights). Additionally, we hold patents solely or as majority owner as a result of our own technological developments and from the acquisition of ExOne GmbH (formerly known as Prometal RCT GmbH (subsequently renamed ExOne GmbH). Our patents are issued in the United States and in various foreign jurisdictions, including Germany and Japan. As a result of our commitment to research and development, we also hold process patents and have applied for other patents for equipment, processes, materials and 3D printing applications. The expiration dates of our patents range from 2015 to 2031. No current MIT Patents are scheduled to expire in the United States during 2014. The next MIT Patents scheduled to expire are in October 2015 and are directed to certain methods for removing powder from internal passages, certain mold configurations and making tools with internal passages. We believe that the expiration of patents in the near term will not impact our business.

The remaining MIT Patents under which we are licensed have expiration dates ranging from 20152017 to 2021 in the United States. We believe that the expiration of these licenses will not impact our business; however, the expiration may allow our competitors that were previously prevented from doing so to utilize binder jetting 3D printing. Nonetheless, we have developed know-how and trade secrets relative to our 3D printing technology and believe that our early entrance into the industrial market provides us with a timing and experience advantage.

Through our investment in our technology, we have been able to qualify industrial materials for use in our 3D printing machines, and we intend to continue such efforts. In addition, we have taken steps to protect much of our technology as a trade secret. Given the significant steps that we have taken to establish our experience in AM for industrial applications, as well as our ongoing commitment to research and development, we intend to maintain our preeminent position in the AM industry market.

We entered into an Amended and Restated Exclusive Patent License Agreement with MIT in June 2011. The terms of the amended agreement required that we remit both license fees and royalties to MIT based upon net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables. The term of the agreement commenced on January 1, 2011, and was to remain in force until the expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights.

On January 22, 2013, we agreed with MIT to an amendment of its exclusive patent license agreement. The Amended MIT License Agreement provides for, among other things, (i) a reduction in the term of the agreement between us and MIT from the date of expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights to December 31, 2016, (ii) an increase in the annual license maintenance fees due for the years ended December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2016 from $50,000 annually to $100,000 annually, with amounts related to 2013 through 2016 guaranteed by us, (iii) a settlement of all past and future royalties on net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables for a one-time payment of $200,000 (paid in March 2013), and (iv) a provision for optional extension of the term of the arrangement between the parties for an annual license maintenance fee of $100,000 for each subsequent year beyond 2016.

Trademarks.We have registrations in the United States for X1.the following trademarks: EXONE, EXTEC, LUXCELIS, M-FLEX, ORION, PROFILEVIEW, and S MAX. We also have applications for registration pending for the following trademarks: EXCAST, EXERIAL, EXMAL, X1 ExOne Digital Part Materialization (plus design), INNOVENT, M-PRINT, S-MAX, S-MAX+, S-PRINT, X1, and X1-LAB. We also have registrations for EXONE in China, Europe (Community Trade Mark), Japan, and South Korea, and an application for registration pending in Canada for that trademark. We have filedregistrations for trademark registrationsX1 ExOne Digital

Part Materialization (plus design) in the United StatesChina, Europe (Community Trade Mark), and in Canada, Europe, Japan, China,South Korea, and applications for registration pending in Brazil and Canada for ExOne andthat mark. We have a registration for the mark X1 pending in Europe (Community Trade Mark). We have a registration for the mark EX-1 in Europe (Community Trade Mark). We have registrations for a stylized form of “X1 ExOne DIGITAL PART MATERIALIZATION.”X1 in Europe (Community Trade Mark) and South Korea. We have also filed for trademark registrations in Canada and Japan for DIGITAL PART MATERIALIZATION.MATERIALIZATION in Japan and South Korea. We have an application for registration in Germany for the trademark S-MAX. We have applications for registration pending in Europe (Community Trade Mark) for the trademarks M-FLEX, EXERIAL, and INNOVENT. We also filedhave a registration in Canada for the trademark registrations in the United States for ExCAST, ExMAL, ExTEC, and M-Flex.LUXCELIS.

Trade Secrets. The development of our products, processes and materials has involved a considerable amount of experience, manufacturing and processing know-how and research and development techniques that are not easily duplicated. We protect this knowledge as a trade secret through the confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements which all employees, customers and consultants are required to sign at the time they are employed or engaged by us. Additional information related to the risks associated with our intellectual property rights are described withinItem 1A – Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Competition

Other companies are active in the market for 3D printing products and services. These companies use a variety of AM technologies, including:

 

directDirect metal deposition;

 

directDirect metal laser sintering;

 

electronElectron beam melting;

 

fusedFused deposition modeling;

 

laserLaser consolidation;

 

laserLaser sintering;

 

multi-jetMulti-jet modeling;

 

polyjet;Polyjet;

 

selectiveSelective laser melting;

selectiveSelective laser sintering; and

 

stereolithography.Stereolithography.

Some of the companies that have developed and employ one or more AM technologies include: 3D Systems Corporation, Stratasys Inc., Voxeljet AG, EOS Optronics GmbH, EnvisionTEC GmbH and Solid Model Ltd.

Some of these processes and companies compete with some of the products and services that we provide. Despite the challenging competitive landscape, we believe that we are the only AM printing solutions provider that focuses primarily on industrial applications on a production scale. Our competitive advantages, including the size of our build platforms, the speed of our printing heads, the variety of materials used by industrial manufacturers in which we can print, the industry qualification of many of the materials we print in, our robust market capabilities, and our suite of machine system families offering scale and flexibility, also serve to differentiate us from the other competitors in the AM market.

We also compete with established subtractive manufacturers in the industrial products market. These companies often provide large-scale, highly capitalized facilities that are designed or built to fill specific production purposes, usually mass production. However, we believe that we are well positioned to expand our share of the industrial products market from these manufacturers as AM gains recognition. As our technologies improve and our unit cost of production decreases, we expect to be able to compete with subtractive manufacturing on a wide range of products, thereby expanding our addressable market.

Seasonality

Purchases of our 3D printing machines often follow a seasonal pattern owing to the capital budgeting cycles of our customers. Generally, 3D printing machine sales are higher in our third and fourth quarters than in our first and second quarters.

Backlog

At December 31, 2013,2014, our backlog was approximately $10.9$13.2 million. We expect to fulfill our December 31, 20132014 backlog during the next twelve months. This is compared to a backlog of $5.1$10.9 million at December 31, 2012.2013.

Environmental Matters

Compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment has not had a material impact on capital expenditures, earnings or the competitive position of us and our subsidiaries. We are not the subject of any legal or administrative proceeding relating to the environmental laws of the United States or any country in which we have an office. We have not received any notices of any violations of any such environmental laws.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013,2014, we employed a total of 229 (190304 (254 full time) employees at our seveneight locations. None of these employees is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe our relations with them are good.

Product and Geographic Information

Geographic information for revenue (based upon the country where the sale originated) for 2013 was United States 37.0%, Germany 37.3% and Japan 25.7%. Geographic information for revenue for 2012 was United States 27.2%, Germany 48.7% and Japan 24.1%. Geographic information for revenue for 2011 was United States 30.0%, Germany 37.1% and Japan 32.9%.

Refer to Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for product and geographic information related to our revenues (based on the country where the sale originated) and geographic information related to our long-lived assets (based on the physical location of assets). For information on risks related to our international operations refer toItem 1A – Risk Factors.

Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are located at 127 Industry Boulevard, North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania 15642 and our telephone number is (724) 863-9663.

Available Information

Our website address ishttp://www.exone.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K unless expressly noted.

We file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which we make available on our website free of charge at http://www.exone.com/financials.cfm. These reports include quarterly reportsAnnual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and current reportsCurrent Reports on Form 8-K, each of which is provided on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with or furnish them to the SEC. We also make, or will make, available through our website other reports filed with or furnished to the SEC under the Exchange Act, including our Proxy Statements and reports filed by officers and directors under Section 16(a) of that Act. You can also read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You can obtain additional information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition;addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including us.

You can obtain copies of exhibits to our filings electronically at the SEC’s website atwww.sec.gov or by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The exhibits are also available as part of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013,2014, which is available on ExOne’sour corporate website atwww.exone.com. Stockholders may also obtain copies of exhibits without charge by contacting our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary at (724) 863-9663.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risks, together with all of the other information in this annual report,Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, in evaluating our business, future prospects and an investment in our common stock. If any of the following risks and uncertainties develops into actual events, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We may not be able to significantly increase the number of materials in which we can print products fast enough to meet our business plan.

Our business plan is heavily dependent upon our ability to steadily increase the number of qualified materials in which our machines can print products, because this will increase our addressable market, both as to customersproducts. Our 3D printing machines are capable of direct product materialization by printing in industrial metals, including stainless steel, bronze, iron, bonded tungsten, IN Alloy 625 and products for customers.glass. We are in varying stages of qualifying additional industrial materials, for printing, such as titanium and tungsten carbide, aluminum, and magnesium.carbide. We have also undertaken an analysis of safety precautions for printing reactive materials, including possible facility and machine modifications. Our current material development plan calls for the implementation of such modifications as soon as practicable.in the beginning of the third quarter of 2015. Our continued goal is to qualify an additional indirect or directly printed industrial material every six months. However, qualifyingBy expanding into these other materials, we believe we can expand our market share and better serve our industrial customer base. Qualifying new materials is a complicated engineering task, and there is no way to predict whether, or when, any given material will be qualified. If we cannot hire people with sufficient technical skills to work on qualifying new materials for printing, or if we lack the resources necessary to create a steady flow of new materials, we will not be able to meet our business plan goals and a competitor may emerge that is better at qualifying new materials, either of which would have an adverse effect on our business results.

OurAny future success in qualifying new materials for printing may attract more competitors into our markets, some of which may be much largerincluding competitors with greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we are.have.

If we succeed in qualifying a growing number of materials for use in our 3D printing machines, that will increase our addressable market. However, as we create a larger addressable market, our market may become more attractive to other 3D printing companies or large companies that are not 3D printing companies, but which may see an economic opportunity in the markets we have created. Because we are a supplier of 3D printed products to industrial companies, an increase in the number of competitors for our addressable market is likely to adversely affect our business and financial results.

We may not be able to adequately increase demand for our products.

Our business plan is built around a steady increase in the demand for our products. However, only a relatively small number of our potential customers know of the existence of AM and are familiar with its capabilities, and even fewer understand the potential benefits of using AM to manufacture products. If we do not develop effective strategies to raise awareness among potential customers of the benefits of AM and 3D printing, we may be unable to achieve our planned rate of growth, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may not be able to hire the number of skilled employees that we need to achieve our business plan.

For our business to grow in accordance with our business plan, we will need to recruit, hire, integrate and retain additional employees with the technical competence and engineering skills to operate our machines,

improve our technology and processes and expand our technological capability to print using an increasing variety of

materials. People with these skills are in short supply and may not be available in sufficient numbers to allow us to meet the goals of our business plan. In addition, new employees often require significant training and, in many cases, take significant time before they achieve full productivity. As a result, we may incur significant costs to attract and retain employees, including significant expenditures related to salaries and benefits, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. Moreover, new employees may not be or become as productive as we expect, as we may face challenges in adequately or appropriately integrating them into our workforce and culture. In addition, as we move into new geographic areas, we will need to recruit skilled employees in those areas. If we cannot obtain the services of a sufficient number of technically skilled employees, we may not be able to achieve our planned rate of growth, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate.

Our revenues and operating results may fluctuatehave fluctuated in the past from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year and are likely to continue to vary due to a number of factors, many of which are not within our control. Because our business is changing and evolving rapidly, our historical operating results may not be useful in predicting our future operating results. A significant portion of our machine orders are typically received during the third or fourth quarter of the fiscal year as a result of the timing of capital expenditures of our customers. Thus, revenues and operating results for any future period are not predictable with any significant degree of certainty. We also typically experience weaker demand for our machines in the first and second quarters. For these reasons, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition may occur due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, those listed below and those identified throughout this “Risk Factors” section:

 

theThe degree of market acceptance of our products;

 

theThe mix of products that we sell during any period;

 

ourOur long sales cycle;

 

generallyGenerally weaker demand for machines in the first and second quarters;

 

developmentDevelopment of competitive systems by others;

 

ourOur response to price competition;

 

delaysDelays between our expenditures to develop and market new or enhanced machines and products and the generation of sales from those products;

 

changesChanges in the amount we spend to promote our products and services;

 

theThe geographic distribution of our sales;

 

changesChanges in the cost of satisfying our warranty obligations and servicing our installed base of products;

 

ourOur level of research and development activities and their associated costs and rates of success;

 

generalGeneral economic and industry conditions that affect end-user demand and end-user levels of product design and manufacturing, including the adverse effects of the current economic crisis affecting Europe;

 

changesChanges in accounting rules and tax laws; andor

 

changesChanges in interest rates that affect returns on our cash balances and short-term investments.

Due to the foregoing factors, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter or year-to-year comparisons of our operating results as an indicator of future performance.

We may not be able to generate operating profits.

Since our inception, we have not generated operating profits. In the event that we are unable to execute on our business plan, we may be unable to generate profits in the future.

Our operating expenses (which include research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses) were approximately $32.2 million, $21.2 million $20.2 and $8.8$20.2 million for 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. Increases in our research and development expenses are due primarily to continued investment in our 3D printing machine and micromachinery technology and increased costs associated with our materials qualification activities, including additional research and development headcount. Increases in our selling, general and administrative expenses are due primarily to increased expenses in professional service fees (including legal, audit and other consulting expenses) and increased personnel costs associated with an increased headcount (including salaries and related benefits) in making the transition from a private company to a publicly traded company. We expect that our operating expenses will continue to increase in future periods as we pursue our growth strategies. Any future increases in our research and development expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses will directly affect our future results of operations and may have an effect on our financial condition.

We may not be able to introduce new machines and related industrial materials acceptable to the market or to improve the technology and industrial materials used in our current machines.

Our revenues are derived from the sale of machines for, and products manufactured using, AM. OurWe have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in a market is subject to innovation and technological change.rapidly developing and changing technology. A variety of technologies have the capacity to compete against one another in our market, which is, in part, driven by technological advances and end-user requirements and preferences, as well as the emergence of new standards and practices. Our ability to compete in the industrial AM market depends, in large part, on our success in enhancing and developing new machines, in enhancing our current machines, in enhancing and adding to our technology, and in developing and qualifying new industrial materials in which we can print. We believe that to remain competitive we must continuously enhance and expand the functionality and features of our products and technologies. However, we may not be able to:

 

Enhance our existing products and technologies;

 

Continue to leverage advances in industrial printheadprint head technology;

 

Develop new products and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of prospective end-users, particularly with respect to the physical properties of industrial materials and other consumables;

 

Respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis;

 

Develop products that are cost-effective or that otherwise gain market acceptance;

Distinguish ourselves from our competitors in our industry; and

 

Adequately protect our intellectual property as we develop new products and technologies.

If the market does not develop as we expect, our revenues may stagnate or decline.

The marketplace for industrial manufacturing is dominated by conventional manufacturing methods that do not involve AM technology. If AM technology does not gain market acceptance as an alternative for industrial

manufacturing, or if the marketplace adopts AM based on a technology other than our technology, we may not be able to increase or sustain the level of sales of our products and machines and our results of operations would be adversely affected as a result.

Loss of key management or sales or customer service personnel could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our future success depends to a significant extent on the skills, experience and efforts of our management and other key personnel. We must continue to develop and retain a core group of management individuals if we are to realize our goal of continued expansion and growth. While we have not previously experienced significant problems attracting and retaining members of our management team and other key personnel, there can be no

assurance that we will be able to continue to retain these individuals and the loss of any or all of these individuals could materially and adversely affect our business. We do not carry key-man insurance on any member of management.

Our business is subject to risks associated with doing business globally.

Sales outside of the United States were 51.9%, 63.0% and 72.8% for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, one of our growth strategies is to pursue additional opportunities for our business in several areas of the world outside of the United States, any or all of which could be adversely affected by the risks set forth below. Our operations outside of the United States are subject to risks associated with the political, regulatory and economic conditions of the countries in which we operate, such as:

Civil unrest, acts of terrorism and similar events;

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

Potentially longer sales and payment cycles;

Potentially greater difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

Potentially adverse tax consequences;

Reduced protection of intellectual property rights in certain countries;

Difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

Laws and business practices favoring local competition;

Costs and difficulties of customizing products for foreign countries;

Compliance with a wide variety of complex foreign laws, treaties and regulations;

Tariffs, trade barriers and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets; and

Becoming subject to the laws, regulations and court systems of many jurisdictions.

Any of these factors could materially adversely affect sales of our products to global customers or harm our reputation, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, the consequences of terrorism or armed conflicts are unpredictable, and we may not be able to foresee events that could have an adverse effect on our market opportunities or our business.

Continuing political instability in the Ukraine, sanctions against Russia, and Russia’s response to those sanctions, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In March 2014, the Crimea region of the Ukraine was annexed by Russia. In response to this annexation and subsequent hostilities aimed at the Ukraine, other nations, including the United States and the European Union,

imposed evolving economic sanctions against Russia. United States and European concerns related to the political and military conditions in the region have prompted increasing levels of economic sanctions, targeting certain Russian companies in the finance, energy and defense industries and named Russian nationals that have been deemed to have direct involvement in destabilizing the situation in the Ukraine, as well as imposing restrictions on trading and access to capital markets (“Russian Sanctions”). In response, Russia announced its own trading sanctions against nations that implemented or supported the Russian Sanctions, including the United States and some European Union nations.

One of our growth strategies is to pursue opportunities for our business in several areas of the world outside of the United States. This strategy includes pursuing opportunities in Russia through our German subsidiary, ExOne GmbH, which has sold products and services (including 3D printing machines) to customers located in Russia.

Our German subsidiary, ExOne GmbH, is subject to the Russian Sanctions, primarily those imposed by the European Union, specifically Germany, related to doing business in Russia. The Russian Sanctions may delay or prevent ExOne GmbH’s ability to collect on existing or future accounts receivable from customers in Russia, to make future sales and to service existing ExOne equipment in Russia or to sell and deliver spare parts and consumables for our machines located in Russia.

In the event that the United States’ and the European Union’s political relationships with Russia further deteriorate, it is possible that additional and even more severe sanctions could be imposed by the United States or European Union against Russia or that Russia could impose additional retaliatory measures in response to current or future Russian Sanctions. These possible additional sanctions and measures could further disrupt or prevent our ability to do any business in Russia, may further increase the economic uncertainty in the affected regions and lead to further fluctuation in the value of foreign currencies, such as the Euro, used in these regions.

Our international operations pose currency risks, which may adversely affect our operating results.

Our operating results may be affected by volatility in currency exchange rates and our ability to effectively manage our currency transaction and translation risks. In general, we conduct our business, earn revenue and incur costs in the local currency of the countries in which we operate. As a result, our international operations present risks from currency exchange rate fluctuations. The financial condition and results of operations of each of our foreign operating subsidiaries are reported in the relevant local currency and then translated to U.S. dollars at the applicable currency exchange rate for inclusion in our combined consolidated financial statements. We do not manage our foreign currency exposure in a manner that would eliminate the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates. Therefore, changes in exchange rates between these foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect the recorded levels of our foreign assets and liabilities, as well as our revenues, cost of sales, and operating margins, and could result in exchange losses in any given reporting period.

In the future, we may not benefit from favorable exchange rate translation effects, and unfavorable exchange rate translation effects may harm our operating results. In addition to currency translation risks, we incur currency transaction risks whenever we enter into either a purchase or a sale transaction using a different currency from the currency in which we receive revenues. In such cases we may suffer an exchange loss because we do not currently engage in currency swaps or other currency hedging strategies to address this risk.

Given the volatility of exchange rates, we can give no assurance that we will be able to effectively manage our currency transaction and/or translation risks or that any volatility in currency exchange rates will not have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

One of our principal stockholders is able to exert substantial influence.influence in determining the outcome of matters which require the approval of our stockholders.

S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owns approximately 22.0%21.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock and may have effective control over the election of our Board of

Directors and the direction of our affairs. As a result, he could exert considerable influence over the outcome of any corporate matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any transaction that might cause a change in control, such as a merger or acquisition. Any stockholders in favor of a matter that is opposed by Mr. Rockwell would have to obtain a significant number of votes to overrule the votes of Mr. Rockwell.

We may need to raise additional capital from time to time if we are going to meet our growth strategy and may be unable to do so on attractive terms.

Expanding our business to meet the growth strategy may require additional investments of capital from time to time, and our existing sources of cash and any funds generated from operations may not provide us with sufficient capital. For various reasons, including any current noncompliance with existing or future lending arrangements, additional financing may not be available when needed, or may not be available on terms favorable to us. If we fail to obtain adequate capital on a timely basis or if capital cannot be obtained at reasonable costs, we willmay not be able to achieve our planned rate of growth, which will adversely affect our results of operations. Equity financing may result in ownership and economic dilution to our existing stockholders and/or require us to grant certain rights and preferences to new investors.

We are highly dependent upon sales to certain industries.

For 2013, ourOur revenues of machines and products werehave historically been concentrated to companies in the aerospace, automotive, , heavy equipment, and energy/oil/gas industries and those industries’ respective suppliers. To the extent any of these industries experience a downturn, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

For example, the energy/oil/gas industry is highly cyclical and demand for our products and services in such industry is substantially dependent on the level of expenditures by the industry for the exploration, development and production of crude oil and natural gas reserves, which are sensitive to oil and natural gas prices and generally dependent on the industry’s view of future oil and gas prices. Crude oil prices declined by nearly 50% during the fourth quarter of 2014 and have continued to decline into the first quarter of 2015. As oil and gas companies reduce planned capital spending in light of the decline in commodity prices, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Additionally, if any of these industries or their respective suppliers or other providers of manufacturing services develop new technologies or alternatives to manufacture the products that are currently manufactured using our machines, it may adversely affect our results of operations.

We are currently dependent on a single supplier of printheads.print heads.

We currently rely on a single source to supply the printheadsprint heads used by our machines. While we believe that there are other suppliers of printheadsprint heads upon which we could rely, we could experience delays and interruptions if our supply is interrupted that might temporarily impact the financial performance of our business.

We may not be able to manage the expansion of our operations effectively in order to achieve our projected levels of growth.

We have expanded our operations significantly in recent periods, and our business plan calls for further expansion over the next several years. We anticipate that further development of our infrastructure and an increase in the number of our employees will be required to achieve our planned broadening of our product offerings and clientcustomer base, improvements in our machines and materials used in our machines, and our planned international growth. In particular, we must increase our marketing and services staff to support new marketing and service activities and to meet the needs of both new and existing customers. Our future success will depend in part upon the ability of our management to manage our growth effectively. If our management is unsuccessful in meeting these challenges, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth which would adversely affect our results of operations.

We may not be able to consummate and/or effectively integrate strategic acquisitions.

We may from time to time engage in strategic acquisitions and partnerships with third parties if we determine that they will likely provide future financial and operational benefits. Successful completion of any strategic transaction depends on a number of factors that are not entirely within our control, including our ability to negotiate acceptable terms, conclude satisfactory agreements and obtain all necessary regulatory approvals. In addition, our ability to effectively integrate an acquisition into our existing business and culture may not be successful, which could jeopardize future operational performance for the combined businesses.

We completed two acquisitions in the first quarter of 2014 and are currently exploring a combination of acquisitions, strategic investments, and/or alliances, some of which we believe will promote advances in pre-print and post-print process.processes. With respect to acquisitions, strategic investments, and/or alliances we are currently pursuing, there is no guarantee that we will complete such transactions on favorable terms or at all. The exploration, negotiation, and consummation of acquisitions, strategic investments and/or alliances may involve significant expenditures by us, which may adversely affect our results of operations at the time such expenses are incurred. We may not be able to successfully negotiate and complete a specific acquisition, investment, or alliance. In addition, any acquisition, investmentalliance on favorable terms. If we do complete acquisitions, they may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or alliance may not be accretive to ExOne for a period of time which may be significant following the completion of such acquisition, investment or alliance.

Our planned expansionWe may be required to pay cash, incur debt and/or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of our international sales is subject to various risks, and failure to manage these risks could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business is subject to certain risks associated with doing business globally. Sales outside of the United States were 63.0%, 72.8% and 70.0%, for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. One of our growth strategies is to pursue opportunities for our business in several areas of the world outside of the United States, any or all of which could be adversely affected by the risks set forth below. Our operations outside of the United States are subject to risks associated with the political, regulatory and economic conditions of the countries in which we operate, such as:

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

potentially longer sales and payment cycles;

potentially greater difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

potentially adverse tax consequences;

reduced protection of intellectual property rights in certain countries;

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

laws and business practices favoring local competition;

costs and difficulties of customizing products for foreign countries;

compliance with a wide variety of complex foreign laws, treaties and regulations;

tariffs, trade barriers and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets; and

becoming subject to the laws, regulations and court systems of many jurisdictions.

Any of these factors could materially adversely affect sales of our products to global customers or harm our reputation, which could adversely affect our resultsfinancial condition and the value of our common stock. Our use of cash to pay for acquisitions would limit other potential uses of our cash, including investments in our sales and marketing and product development organizations, and in infrastructure. The issuance or sale of equity or convertible debt securities to finance any such acquisitions would result in dilution to our stockholders. If we incur debt, it could result in increased fixed obligations and could also impose covenants or other restrictions that could impede our ability to manage our operations.

Global economic, political and social conditions have adversely impacted our sales and may continue to do so.

The uncertain direction and relative strength of the global economy, difficulties in the financial services sector and credit markets, continuing geopolitical uncertainties and other macroeconomic factors all affect spending behavior of potential end-users of our products. The prospects for economic growth in the United States and other countries remain uncertain and may cause end-users to further delay or reduce technology purchases. In particular, a substantial portion of our sales are made to customers in countries in Europe, which continues to experience a significant economic crisis. If global economic conditions remain volatile for a prolonged period, or if European economies experience further disruptions, our results of operations could be adversely affected. The global financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets has resulted in a tightening of credit markets, lower levels of liquidity in many financial markets and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit, currency and equity markets. These conditions may make it more difficult for our end-users to obtain financing.

Due to our plan to increase ourAs a global business activities,company, we may be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA, similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions in which we currently or may in the future operate, or various international trade and export laws.

Our business plan envisions that we will conduct increasing amounts of business outside of the United States, which will create various domestic and foreign regulatory challenges. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”), and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit U.S.-based companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We have policies and controls in place designed to ensure internal and external compliance with these and other anti-bribery laws. To ensure compliance, our anti-bribery policy and training on a global basis provides our employees with procedures, guidelines and information about anti-bribery obligations and compliance. Further, we require our partners, subcontractors, agents and others who work for us or on our

behalf to comply with anti-bribery laws. We also have procedures and controls in place designed to ensure internal and external compliance. However, such anti-bribery policy, training, internal controls, and procedures will not always protect us from reckless, criminal or unintentional acts committed by our employees, agents or other persons associated with us. If we are found to be in violation of the FCPA or other anti-bribery laws (either due to the intentional or inadvertent acts of our employees, or due to the intentional or inadvertent acts of others), we could suffer criminal or civil penalties, including monetary damages or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

We rely on our information technology systems to manage numerous aspects of our business and customer and supplier relationships, and a disruption or failure of these systems could adversely affect our results of operations.

We depend on our information technology or “IT,”(“IT”) systems to manage numerous aspects of our business and provide analytical information to management. We may incur significant costs in order to implement the security measures that we feel are necessary to protect our IT systems. However, our IT systems may remain vulnerable to damage despite our implementation of security measures that we deem to be appropriate. Our IT systems allow us to efficiently purchase products from our suppliers, provide procurement and logistic services, ship products to our customers on a timely basis, maintain cost-effective operations and provide superior service to our customers. Our IT systems are an essential component of our business and growth strategies, and a disruption to or failure of our IT systems could significantly limit our ability to manage and operate our business efficiently. These systems are vulnerable to, among other things, damage and interruption from power loss, including as a result of natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss of telecommunication services, operator negligence, loss of data, security breaches and computer viruses. If our systems for protecting against cyber security risks prove not to be sufficient, we could be adversely affected by loss or damage of intellectual property, proprietary information, or client data, interruption of business operations, or additional costs to prevent, respond to, or mitigate cyber security attacks. Any such disruption or loss of business information could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. ExOne has not experienced a material impact as a result of cybersecurity issues.

New regulationsRegulations related to conflict-free minerals may cause us to incur additional expenses and may create challenges with our customers.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contains provisions to improve transparency and accountability regarding the use of “conflict” minerals mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the “DRC”) and adjoining countries. These conflict minerals include tantalum, tin, gold or tungsten. The SEC has established new annual disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use “conflict”conflict minerals sourced from the DRC and adjoining countries in their products. We are currently conducting due diligence efforts in order to adhere to the initial disclosure requirements beginning in May 2014. These new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materialstantalum, tin, gold or tungsten used in our products. As there may be only a limited number of suppliers offering conflict-free minerals, we cannot ensure that we will be able to obtain these conflict-free minerals in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Compliance with these new requirements may also increase our costs, including costs that may be incurred in conducting due diligence procedures to determine the sources of certain minerals used in our products and other potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. In addition, we may face challenges with our customers if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins of the minerals used in our products.

We could be subject to personal injury, property damage, product liability, warranty and other claims involving allegedly defective products that we supply.

The products we supply are sometimes used in potentially hazardous applications, such as the assembled parts of an aircraft or automobile, that could result in death, personal injury, property damage, loss of production, punitive damages and consequential damages. While we have not experienced any such claims to date, actual or claimed defects in the products we supply could result in our being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims.

We attempt to include provisions in our agreements with customers that are designed to limit our exposure to potential liability for damages arising from defects or errors in our products. However, it is possible that these limitations may not be effective as a result of unfavorable judicial decisions or laws enacted in the future.

Any such lawsuit, regardless of merit, could result in material expense, diversion of management time and efforts, and damage to our reputation, and could cause us to fail to retain or attract customers, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may not have adequate insurance for potential liabilities.

In the ordinary course of business, we may be subject to various product and non-product related claims, lawsuits and administrative proceedings seeking damages or other remedies arising out of our commercial operations. We maintain insurance to cover our potential exposure for most claims and losses. However, our insurance coverage is subject to various exclusions, self-retentions and deductibles, may be inadequate or unavailable to protect us fully, and may be cancelled or otherwise terminated by the insurer. Furthermore, we face the following additional risks under our insurance coverage:

 

weWe may not be able to continue to obtain insurance coverage on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

weWe may be faced with types of liabilities that are not covered under our insurance policies, such as environmental contamination or terrorist attacks, and that exceed any amounts whatthat we may have reserved for such liabilities;

 

theThe amount of any liabilities that we may face may exceed our policy limits and any amounts we may have reserved for such liabilities; and

 

weWe may incur losses resulting from interruption of our business that may not be fully covered under our insurance policies.

Even a partially uninsured claim of significant size, if successful, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. However, even if we successfully defend ourselves against any such claim, we could be forced to spend a substantial amount of money in litigation expenses, our management could be required to spend valuable time in the defense against these claims and our reputation could suffer, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

If any of our manufacturing facilities or PSCs are disrupted, sales of our products may be disrupted, which could result in loss of revenues and an increase in unforeseen costs.

We manufacture our machines at our facilities in Augsburg,Gersthofen, Germany and North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania. Our PSCs are located in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania; Houston, Texas; Troy, Michigan; Auburn, Washington; North Las Vegas, Nevada; Augsburg,Gersthofen, Germany; Desenzano del Garda, Italy and Kanagawa, Japan.

If the operations of these facilities are materially disrupted, we would be unable to fulfill customer orders for the period of the disruption, we would not be able to recognize revenue on orders, and we might need to modify our standard sales terms to secure the commitment of new customers during the period of the disruption and perhaps longer. Depending on the cause of the disruption, we could incur significant costs to remedy the disruption and resume product shipments. Such a disruption could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete and therefore may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of some of our former employees.

We generally enter into non-competition agreements with our employees. These agreements prohibit our employees, if they cease working for us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors or clients

customers for a limited period. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the laws of the jurisdictions in which our employees work, including Germany, Italy and Japan, and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from benefitting from the expertise of our former employees or consultants developed while working for us. If we cannot demonstrate that our legally protectable interests will be harmed, we may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of our former employees or consultants and our ability to remain competitive may be diminished.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may not be able to protect our trade secrets and intellectual property.

While some of our technology is licensed under patents belonging to others or is covered by process patents which are owned or applied for by us, much of our key technology is not protected by patents. Since we cannot legally prevent one or more other companies from developing similar or identical technology to our unpatented technology, it is likely that, over time, one or more other companies may be able to replicate our technology, thereby reducing our technological advantages. If we do not protect our technology or are unable to develop new technology that can be protected by patents or as trade secrets, we may face increased competition from other companies, which may adversely affect our results of operations. We generally enter into confidentiality and/or license agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and advertisers, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. However, we cannot provide assurance that any steps taken by us will prevent misappropriation of our trade secrets and intellectual property.

We enjoy license rights and exclusivity of certain patents and intellectual property and cannot adequately estimate the effects of their expiration upon the entrance or advancement of competitors into the AM industrial market.

We have exclusive license and non-exclusive license rights to certain patents that we utilize in the industrial market. Some of these patents expired in 20132014 and others are scheduled to expire in 2015.future periods. The expiration of these patents could reduce barriers to entry into the AM industrial market, which could result in the reduction of our market share and earnings potential. We cannot adequately estimate the effect that the expiration of these patents will have upon the entrance or advancement of other AM manufacturers into the industrial market.

We may not be able to obtain patent protection or otherwise adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could impair our competitive position.

Our success and future revenue growth will depend, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on patents, trademarks, and trade secrets, as well as non-disclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and processes globally. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technologies and processes, it is possible that competitors or other unauthorized third parties may obtain, copy, use, or disclose our technologies and processes. We cannot assure you that any of our existing or future patents or other intellectual property rights will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented or will otherwise provide us with meaningful protection. We may not be able to obtain foreign patents corresponding to our U.S. or foreign patent applications. Even if foreign patents are granted, effective enforcement in foreign countries may not be available. If our patents and other intellectual property protections do not adequately protect our technology, our competitors may be able to offer products similar to ours. We may not be able to detect the unauthorized use of our proprietary technology and processes or take appropriate steps to prevent such use. Our competitors may also be able to develop similar technology independently or design around our patents. Any of the foregoing events would lead to increased competition and lower revenue or gross profits, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

We may be subject to alleged infringement claims.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims from individuals, vendors, and other companies who have acquired or developed patents in the field of AM for purposes of developing competing products or for the sole purpose of asserting claims against us. Any claims that our products or processes infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, regardless of the merit or resolution of such claims, could cause us to incur significant costs in responding to, defending, and resolving such claims, and may prohibit or otherwise impair our ability to commercialize new or existing products. If we are unable to effectively defend our technologies and processes, our market share, sales and profitability could suffer, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Certain of our employees and patents are subject to German law.

Many of our employees work in Germany and are subject to German employment law. Ideas, developments, discoveries and inventions made by such employees and consultants are subject to the provisions of the German Act on Employees’ Inventions (Gesetz über Arbeitnehmererfindungen), which regulates the ownership of, and compensation for, inventions made by employees. We face the risk that disputes can occur between us and our employees or ex-employees pertaining to alleged non-adherence to the provisions of this act that may be costly to defend and take up our management’s time and efforts whether we prevail or fail in such dispute. In addition, under the German Act on Employees’ Inventions, certain employees retained rights to patents they invented or co-invented prior to 2009. Although most of these employees have subsequently assigned their interest in these patents to us, there is a risk that the compensation we provided to them may be deemed to be insufficient in the future and we may be required under German law to increase the compensation due to such employee for the use of their patent. In those cases where employees have not assigned their interests to us, we may need to pay compensation for the use of those patents. If we are required to pay additional compensation or face other disputes under the German Act on Employees’ Inventions, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

We have broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from our February 2013 IPO and September 2013 secondary public offeringsecurities offerings and may not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with certainty how we will use the net proceeds that we have received or will receive from our February 2013 IPO and September 2013 secondary public offering.securities offerings. Our management has broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and we may use these proceeds in ways with which you may disagree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the offering. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from our IPO and secondarya securities offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for shares of our common stock may fluctuatehas been and is expected to continue to be highly volatile and may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some ofincluding the risk factors described in this report and other factors which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

significantFailure to meet our targeted revenues and gross margin;

Significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of companies in our sector, which is not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

theThe mix of products that we sell, and related services that we provide, during any period;

 

delaysDelays between our expenditures to develop and market new products and the generation of sales from those products;

changesChanges in the amount that we spend to develop, acquire or license new products, technologies or businesses;

 

changesChanges in our expenditures to promote our products and services;

 

changesChanges in the cost of satisfying our warranty obligations and servicing our installed base of systems;

 

successSuccess or failure of research and development projects of us or our competitors;

 

announcementsAnnouncements of technological innovations, new solutions or enhancements or strategic partnerships or acquisitions by us or one of our competitors;

 

The public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;

The general tendency towards volatility in the market prices of shares of companies that rely on technology and innovation;

 

changesChanges in regulatory policies or tax guidelines;

 

changesChanges or perceived changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

anyAny shortfall in revenue or earnings from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

The market’s reaction to our reduced disclosure as a result of being an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act;

Threatened or actual litigation;

Changes in our senior management; and

 

generalGeneral economic trends and other external factors.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our shares, the price of our shares could decline.

The trading market for our shares will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have control over these analysts, and we do not have commitments from them to write research reports about us. The price of our shares could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrades our shares, issues other unfavorable commentary, or ceases publishing reports about us or our business.

Future sales of our shares could reduce the market price of our shares.

The price of our shares could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly by our directors, their affiliates or our executive officers, or when there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale. The perception in the public market that our stockholders might sell our shares also could depress the market price of our shares. From time to time, we may conduct offerings of our securities and our executive officers, directors and selling stockholders would be subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer their shares following the offering. The market price of our shares may drop significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse and these stockholders are able to sell their shares into the market. If this occurs, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities, should we desire to do so.

We are incurring increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company whose shares are listed on The NASDAQ Global Market, we incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and these expenses will increase even more after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” (as described below). We incur significant

costs associated with our compliance with the public company reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act, of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), requirements imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (most notably Section 404), the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Protection Act, and other rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Compliance with these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs, introduced new costs (including stock exchange listing fees and costs related to investor relations and stockholder reporting), and made certain activities more time-consuming and costly. They also make it more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may incur substantial costs to maintain sufficient coverage.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creatingcreate uncertainty for public companies generally, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We have invested resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur in the future to respond to these constantly evolving requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

As long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies”. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, less extensive disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We will continue to operate under these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, qualify as

a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, as amended (whichwhich requires us to have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates at the end of our second fiscal quarter),quarter, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, if our share price does not appreciate, our investors may not gain and could potentially lose on their investment in our shares.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, nor do we anticipate paying any cash dividends on our share capital in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our shares will be investors’ sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

As an emerging“emerging growth company,company” under the JOBS Act, we intend to follow certain permitted corporate governance practices instead of the otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors in a non-emerging growth company.

As an emerging growth company, we will be permitted, and intend to follow, certain corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required by the SEC and under the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market. Following our emerging growth company governance practices, as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a company listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, may provide less protection to you than what is accorded to investors under the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Global Market applicable to non-emerging growth company issuers.issuers and could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

As an emerging growth company, we will delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards, which may make our stock less attractive to investors and our trading price more volatile.

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of an extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or the SEC, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will delay adoption of the standard until it applies to private companies. This may make a comparison of our financial statements with any other public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult, as different or revised standards may be used. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile and could decline.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls for financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending

December 31, 2013, weWe are now required under Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment includes disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.

In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013,2014, we concluded that there are material weaknesses in the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as defined in SEC Regulation S-X. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A description of the identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting areis as follows:

The design and operating effectiveness of internal controls related to our financial reporting process were not sufficient to allow for accurate and timely reporting of our consolidated financial results.We did not maintain adequate control with respect to the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). This was principally due to a lack of personnel with adequate knowledge and experience in GAAP. As a result, we recorded certain manual, post-close adjustments in order to prepare the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

did not maintain adequate control with respect to the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). This was principally due to a lack of personnel with adequate knowledge and experience in GAAP. As a result, we record certain manual, post-close adjustments in order to prepare our consolidated financial statements.

The design and operating effectiveness of internal controls related to our information technology systems was not sufficient to allow for accurate and timely reporting of our consolidated financial results.Each of our primary locations (United States, Germany, Italy and Japan) utilizes separate and distinct information technology platforms to record, process and summarize transactions. As a result, our process to consolidate and report financial information is substantially a manual process and inherently subject to error.

The design and operating effectiveness of internal controls related to our consolidation process and management’s review of our consolidated financial results did not operate at a level of precision sufficient to allow for accurate and timely reporting of our consolidated financial results. Our consolidation process is substantially a manual process and inherently subject to error. Further, because of internal control weaknesses identified with respect to our financial reporting process and information technology systems, management was unable to complete an adequate review of either subsidiary or consolidated financial results at a sufficient level of precision to prevent or detect misstatements. As a result, we recorded certain manual, post-close adjustments in order to prepare theour consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.statements.

With the oversight of senior management and our audit committee, we have put into place a comprehensive plan to remediate the underlying causes of the identified material weaknesses. Our plan throughout 2014 and into 2015 is to continue to take additional steps and additionalimplement measures to remediate the underlying causes of the identified material weaknesses including (i) enhancing our global accounting and reporting process by designing and strengthening the operating effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) evaluating our information technology systems to further integrate existing systems or invest in improvements to our technology sufficient to generate accurate and timely financial information, and (iii) addingincluding:

(i)Enhancing our global accounting and reporting process (including our global consolidation of financial information) by redesigning and strengthening the operating effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. This includes a detailed review of our existing processes by our Director of Internal Audit and Controls (hired in June 2014), improvements to the design of our internal controls (including conversion of historically manual control activities to automated control activities), updating documentation related to our business process flows, internal testing of operating effectiveness of our controls and remediation activities, as necessary.

(ii)Evaluating our information technology systems to further integrate existing systems or invest in improvements to our technology sufficient to generate accurate and timely financial information. This includes our ongoing process to enhance our global ERP systems with the goal of a simple, common and global platform for processing, recording and analyzing financial and operational data.

(iii)Continuing to add financial personnel with adequate knowledge and experience in GAAP. During 2014, we added several personnel with extensive GAAP experience and redesigned our reporting structure and responsibilities to enhance the review of financial information for both internal financial analysis and external financial reporting. We expect to continue this process during 2015.

These ongoing efforts, collectively, give us the opportunity to remediate the material weaknesses in internal controls when we report our results for the 2015 fiscal year.

We documented and evaluated our internal control over financial reporting in order to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls as of December 31, 20132014 and, as described inItem 9A – Controls and Procedures, management has determined that our internal control over financial reporting was ineffective as of December 31, 2013.2014. Furthermore, as our business continues to grow internationally, our internal controls will become more complex and will require significantly more resources and attention to remediate existing control deficiencies and improve the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If our management cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investor confidence in our financial results may weaken, and our share price may suffer.

Notwithstanding the identified material weaknesses, management believes the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods presented in accordance with GAAP.

Additionally, Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires an attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with Section 404(b) until we file our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 with the SEC, provided we maintain our status as an emerging growth company for the full five-year period.

The additional measures necessary to remediate the underlying causes of our identified material weaknesses and our future compliance with Section 404(b) will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting once that firm begins its Section 404(b) attestations, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, investor groups like Institutional Shareholder Services could initiate a withhold vote campaign with respect to the re-election of the members of our audit committee, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Provisions in our charter documents or Delaware law may inhibit a takeover or make it more difficult to effect a change in control, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain, and Delaware corporate law contains, provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions will apply even if some of our stockholders consider the offer to be beneficial or favorable. If a change of control or change in management is delayed or prevented, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Raising additional capital by issuing securities may cause dilution to our stockholders.

We may need or desire to raise substantial additional capital in the future. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, among others:

 

Our degree of success in capturing a larger portion of the industrial products production market;

 

The costs of establishing or acquiring sales, marketing, and distribution capabilities for our products;

 

The costs of preparing, filing, and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our issued patents, and defending intellectual property-related claims;

 

The extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies and other strategic relationships; and

 

The costs of financing unanticipated working capital requirements and responding to competitive pressures.

If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, we will reduce the percentage ownership of our then-existing stockholders, and the holders of those newly-issued equity or convertible debt

securities may have rights, preferences, or privileges senior to those possessed by our then-existing stockholders. Additionally, future sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or other equity-related securities in the public market could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity or equity-linked securities. We cannot predict the effect that future sales of our common stock or other equity-related securities would have on the market price of our common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

We have eight locations. Note the following with respect to these locations:

 

Location

 Nature of Facility Owned or Leased  Approximate Square Footage 

United States

North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania

 Corporate Headquarters,

Machine Building Manufacturing, PSC
and PSCMachine Sales Center

  Owned     45,52552,285   

Troy, Michigan*Michigan

 PSC  Owned     19,646   

Chesterfield, Michigan

Specialty MachiningOwned  20,300  

Houston, Texas*Texas

 PSC  Owned     12,000   

North Las Vegas, Nevada

 PSC  Owned     17,240   

St. Clairsville, Ohio

Research and DevelopmentOwned  3,264  

Auburn, Washington

 PSC  Leased     11,600   

St. Clairsville, OhioEurope

 Research 

Gersthofen, Germany

European Headquarters,

Machine Manufacturing, PSC
and DevelopmentMachine Sales Center

Owned  178,300  

Elz, Germany

Design and Manufacturing  Leased     3,26412,230    

Augsburg, GermanyDesenzano del Garda, Italy

 European Headquarters,

PSC and Machine Building and PSC

Sales
Center
  Leased     77,5003,300    

Asia

Kanagawa, Japan

 PSC and Machine Sales
Center
  LeasedOwned     11,293   

*As further described in Note 1 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, prior to March 27, 2013, we leased these properties from our variable interest entities. On March 27, 2013, we purchased the Troy, Michigan and Houston, Texas facilities.

On August 1, 2013, we entered into an agreement for purchase of land in Gersthofen, Germany, in the district of Augsburg to build a new multi-use facility. The facility will comprise approximately 150,700 square feet of production, warehouse, service and research and development space as well as approximately 27,600 square feet for offices. We intend to consolidate our five existing leased facilities in Augsburg, which currently occupy an aggregate of approximately 77,500 square feet, into the new facility, providing expansion capacity to support its global growth strategy. We estimate that we will complete construction of the new facility in the fourth quarter of 2014. We plan to fully exit our leased facilities in Augsburg, Germany by the first quarter of 2015.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

ExOne and its subsidiaries are subject to various litigation, claims, and proceedings which have been or may be instituted or asserted from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of any pending or threatened matters will have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQ Global Market since February 7, 2013 under the symbol “XONE.” Prior to that date, there was no public market for our common stock. Shares sold in our IPO were priced at $18.00 per share. The following table sets forth the ranges of high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market for the periods indicated. Such quotations represent inter-dealer prices without retail markup, markdown or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

  High   Low   High   Low 

First quarter (beginning February 7, 2013)

  $34.28    $23.50    $34.28    $23.50  

Second quarter

  $64.50    $29.41    $64.50    $29.41  

Third quarter

  $78.80    $42.16    $78.80    $42.16  

Fourth quarter

  $64.70    $42.01    $64.70    $42.01  

Year Ended December 31, 2014

  High   Low 

First quarter

  $70.25    $33.05  

Second quarter

  $42.57    $24.34  

Third quarter

  $48.66    $20.35  

Fourth quarter

  $26.46    $14.91  

Stockholders

As of March 7, 2014,6, 2015, there were 1620 stockholders of record, which excludes stockholders whose shares were held in nominee or street name by brokers. The actual number of common stockholders is greater than the number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners and whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividend Policy

We do not anticipate that we will declare or pay regular dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, as we generally intend to invest any future earnings in the development and growth of our business. Future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and conditions, legal requirements, any contractual obligations or limitations, and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was adopted on January 24, 2013 and approved by our stockholders on August 19, 2013. The table below sets forth information with regard to securities authorized for issuance under the Plan as of December 31, 2013.2014.

 

  Number of Securities   Number of Securities 

Plan Category

  Number of Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
   Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in the
First Column)(1)
   Number of Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
   Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in the
First Column)(1)
 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders

   173,333    $18.00    1,798,909     215,137    $17.35     1,666,076  

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders

   N/A     N/A     N/A    N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

(1)A maximum of 500,000738,295 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the Plan for 2013,2014, and awards of incentive stock options and restricted stock were made in 20132014 for a total of 200,000 shares of common stock,134,500 awards, of which 6,6671,667 were forfeited by participants through December 31, 2013.2014. The Plan provides for automatic increases in the reserve available annually on January 1 from 2014 through 2023 equal to the lesser of (i) 3.0% of the total outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or (ii) a number of shares of common stock determined by our Board of Directors, provided that the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan will not exceed 1,992,242 shares, subject to certain adjustments. Based on 14,387,60814,417,803 shares outstanding on December 31, 2013,2014, an additional 431,628432,534 shares of common stock may be reserved for issuance under the Plan for 20142015 for a total of 738,2951,037,996 being available for issuance under the Plan for 2014.2015.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the performance of ExOne’sour common stock with (i) the NASDAQ Composite Index and (ii) the S&P 1500 Industrial Machinery Index. Such information shall not be deemed to be “filed.”

 

Company/Index

 February 7,
2013
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2014
 

The ExOne Company

 $100   $126   $233   $161   $228   $135   $149   $79   $63  

NASDAQ Composite Index

 $100   $103   $108   $120   $134   $133   $139   $142   $150  

S&P 1500 Industrial Machinery Index

 $100   $103   $106   $121   $134   $132   $139   $130   $137  

Company/Index

  February 7,
2013
   March 31,
2013
   June 30,
2013
   September 30,
2013
   December 31,
2013
 

The ExOne Company

  $100    $126    $233    $161    $228  

Nasdaq Composite Index

  $100    $103    $108    $120    $134  

S&P 1500 Industrial Machinery Index

  $100    $103    $106    $121    $134  

Source: S&P Capital IQ

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

On January 1, 2013, we merged our predecessor company, The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC”), with and into a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), which changed its name to The ExOne Company. At the time the Reorganization became effective, by operation of the Delaware corporation law and in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between the LLC and the Corporation, each common unit of LLC membership interest was converted into 0.58 shares of our common stock for a total of 5,800,000 shares of common stock and each preferred unit of LLC membership interest was converted into 1 share of our Class A preferred stock or a total of 18,984,000 shares of Class A preferred stock. There were no underwriters. The persons who acquired shares of our common stock and our Class A preferred stock were those persons who were the owners of the equivalent class of LLC membership interests in our predecessor company prior to the Reorganization. The shares of common stock and Class A preferred stock were

not sold for cash, and we received no consideration in the transaction. The conversion of securities in the Reorganization was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a private placement.

On February 6, 2013, we issued 2,500 shares of our common stock to each of Ms. Wachtel and Messrs. Semple, Sellier and Kilmer in connection with their appointment to our Board of Directors and their future service to us. These shares are subject to certain restrictions until certain vesting requirements are met. These shares vest, and the restrictions on transfer lapse, in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively. The issuance of these shares was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a private placement.

Use of Proceeds from IPO

On February 6, 2013, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-185933) was declared effective for our IPO, pursuant to which we offered and sold 5,483,333 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $18.00 per share; and RHI also offered and sold 611,667 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $18.00 per share. S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is the beneficiary of the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, which is the indirect, sole stockholder of RHI. Accordingly, S. Kent Rockwell is deemed to have beneficial ownership of our common stock owned by RHI. The managing underwriter was FBR Capital Markets & Co. and the co-managers were BB&T Capital Markets and Stephens Inc.

As a result of the completion of our IPO on February 12, 2013, we received net proceeds of approximately $92.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of 611,667 shares of common stock by RHI, although we bore the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. We incurred approximately $1.6 million in total associated offering costs in connection with the IPO of which $0.7 million were previously paid and deferred by us at December 31, 2012.

Except as described below, none of such payments were direct or indirect payments to any of our directors or officers or their associates or to persons owning 10.0 percent or more of our common stock or direct or indirect payments to others.

Rockwell Line of Credit (Demand Note Payable to Member)

On February 14, 2013, we paid approximately $9.9 million of the net proceeds from the IPO to repay a revolving line of credit that we had with RFP for working capital (the “Rockwell Line of Credit”). The Rockwell Line of Credit provided for borrowing, repayment and reborrowing from time to time. While no limit was specified, borrowings were subject to RFP’s approval. Borrowings under the Rockwell Line of Credit bore interest at the rate of 8.0% per annum and were repayable, in whole or part, upon demand of RFP. As of February 14, 2013, we had approximately $9.9 million in borrowings and accrued interest outstanding under the Rockwell Line of Credit. S. Kent Rockwell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is the beneficiary of the S. Kent Rockwell Revocable Trust, which is the indirect, sole stockholder of RFP. The Company no longer maintains the Rockwell Line of Credit.

Acquisition of Net Assets of Variable Interest Entities

On March 27, 2013, our wholly-owned subsidiary, ExOne Americas LLC, acquired certain assets, including property and equipment (principally land, buildings and machinery and equipment) held by our two variable interest entities, TMF and Lone Star and assumed all outstanding debt of the VIEs. Payment of approximately $1.9 million and $0.2 million was made to TMF and Lone Star, respectively, including a return of capital to these entities of approximately $1.4 million. These payments were made using a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO. Simultaneous with the completion of this transaction, we also repaid all of the outstanding debt assumed from the VIEs, resulting in a payment of approximately $4.7 million using net proceeds from the IPO.

Other

On February 14, 2013, we paid approximately $0.3 million of the net proceeds from the IPO to retire our building note payable to an unrelated third party with respect to our facility in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania. There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this early retirement of debt.

On April 4, 2013, we paid approximately $1.4 million of the net proceeds from the IPO to settle a financing lease obligation (including accrued interest) for a 3D printing machine with a related party. There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this settlement.

On August 1, 2013, ExOne Property GmbH entered into an agreement with the Municipality of Gersthofen, Germany to purchase certain real property from the Municipality. We paid approximately $4.0 million (€3.0 million) of the net proceeds from the IPO to acquire this property.

On August 14, 2013, ExOne Property GmbH entered into a construction services contract with a turnkey provider of construction services for the design and construction of a new manufacturing facility to be located in the Municipality of Gersthofen, Germany. At December 31, 2013, we have used approximately $10.3 million (€7.5 million) of net proceeds from the IPO to fund this project. We expect to spend an additional $11.2 million (€8.1 million) of the net proceeds from the IPO in 2014 on this project.

On August 15, 2013, we entered into a purchase agreement for approximately one acre of land and a 17,240 square foot manufacturing facility in North Las Vegas, Nevada. We paid approximately $1.4 million of the net proceeds from the IPO to acquire this property for a total purchase price of approximately $1.4 million. This amount was subsequently paid in-full by us in September 2013 with net proceeds from the IPO.

In addition to the amounts identified above, we have used approximately $23.5 million in net proceeds from the IPO during 2013 for general corporate purposes, principally to support working capital and our operations (including expected capital expenditures and long-term debt and capital and financing lease repayments).

We had previously disclosed in our IPO an intention to assume the liabilities of our VIEs. Other than our payment of such liabilities described above, rather than the assumption of their debt, there has been no material change in the planned use of the net proceeds from our IPO as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b). As of December 31, 2013, we held the remainder of the net proceeds from the IPO as cash and cash equivalents.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The data presented in the Selected Financial Data table should be read in conjunction with the information required to be provided in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II Item 7 and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto in Part II Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As the Company qualifies as an emerging growth company per the JOBS Act, certain selected financial data as ordinarily required under SEC Regulation S-K Item 301 for 2009 has been omitted. (See “Explanatory Note — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” of this Annual Report on Form10-K for further information.)

 

  For the years ended December 31,   For the years ended December 31, 

(dollars in thousands except per share amounts and machine unit data)

  2013 2012 2011 2010   2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 

Statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss data:

           

Revenue

  $39,480   $28,657  $15,290   $13,440    $43,900   $39,480   $28,657   $15,290   $13,440  

Gross profit

  $15,573   $12,143  $3,643   $3,066    $10,457   $15,573   $12,143   $3,643   $3,066  

Research and development

  $5,127   $1,930  $1,531   $1,153    $8,178   $5,127   $1,930   $1,531   $1,153  

Selling, general and administrative expense

  $16,119   $18,285  $7,286   $5,978    $24,029   $16,119   $18,285   $7,286   $5,978  

Interest expense

  $372   $842  $1,570   $1,114    $144   $372   $842   $1,570   $1,114  

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(6,455 $(10,168) $(8,037 $(5,508  $(21,843 $(6,455 $(10,168 $(8,037 $(5,508

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share:

           

Basic

  $(0.51  N/A  N/A  N/A  $(1.52 $(0.51  N/A  N/A  N/A

Diluted

  $(0.51  N/A  N/A  N/A  $(1.52 $(0.51  N/A  N/A  N/A

Consolidated balance sheets data:

     

Consolidated balance sheet data:

      

Working capital (deficit)

  $114,814   $(4,682) $(979 $(13,253  $58,235   $114,814   $(4,682 $(979 $(13,253

Cash and cash equivalents

  $98,445   $2,802  $3,496   $1,021    $36,202   $98,445   $2,802   $3,496   $1,021  

Property and equipment—net

  $32,772   $12,467  $7,919   $7,990    $55,298   $32,772   $12,467   $7,919   $7,990  

Goodwill

  $4,665   $—     $—     $—     $—    

Total assets

  $158,435   $33,075  $18,615   $15,233    $133,430   $158,435   $33,075   $18,615   $15,233  

Line of credit

  $—     $528  $—     $—      $—     $—     $528   $—     $—    

Demand note payable to member

  $—     $8,666  $—     $15,045    $—     $—     $8,666   $—     $15,045  

Long-term debt and financing lease obligations

  $3,233   $10,566  $5,429   $3,839  

Long-term debt and capital and financing lease obligations

  $2,592   $3,233   $10,566   $5,429   $3,839  

Redeemable preferred units

  $—     $—     $18,984   $—      $—     $—     $—     $18,984   $—    

Preferred units

  $—     $18,984  $—     $—      $—     $—     $18,984   $—     $—    

Common units

  $—     $10,000  $10,000   $10,000    $—     $—     $10,000   $10,000   $10,000  

Common stock

  $144   $—     $—     $—      $144   $144   $—     $—     $—    

Additional paid-in capital

  $153,363   $—     $—     $—      $154,902   $153,363   $—     $—     $—    

Total stockholders’ / members’ equity (deficit)

  $146,700   $41  $(15,599 $(8,277  $118,545   $146,700   $41   $(15,599 $(8,277

Other data:

           

Machine units sold:

           

S-Max+

   1    —      —      —      —    

S-Max

   13    9   1    2     11    13    9    1    2  

S-Print

   3    3   1    —       1    3    3    1    —    

S-15

   1    1   2    2     1    1    1    2    2  

M-Print

   1    —      —      —      —    

M-Flex

   6    —      —      —       9    6    —      —      —    

X1-Lab

   5    —      1    1     4    5    —      1    1  

Micromachinery

   1    —      —      —       —      1    —      —      —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   29    13   5    5     28    29    13    5    5  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

*Information not comparable for 2012, 2011 and 20112010 as a result of the Reorganization of the Company as a corporation on January 1, 2013 (Refer to Note 1 – Summaryto the consolidated financial statements included in Part II Item 8 of Significant Accounting Policies)this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

(dollars in thousands, except per-share amounts)

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Selected Financial Data in Part II Item 6 and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto in Part II Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain statements contained in this discussion may constitute forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) and, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.Act. These statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in any forward looking statements, as a result of a variety of risks and uncertainties, including those described under “Cautionary Statements Concerning Forward Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Business and StrategyOur History

We are a global provider of 3D printing machines and printed products, materials and other services to industrial customers. Our business primarily consists of manufacturing and selling 3D printing machines and printing products to specification for our customers using our installed base of 3D printing machines. We offer pre-production collaboration and print products for customers through our seven production PSCs, which are located in the United States, Germany and Japan. We build 3D printing machines at our facilities in the United States and Germany. We also supply the associated materials, including consumables and replacement parts, and other services, including training and technical support, necessary for purchasers of our machines to print products. We believe that our ability to print in a variety of industrial materials, as well as our industry-leading printing capacity (as measured by build box size and printhead speed) uniquely position us to serve the needs of industrial customers.

As an additive manufacturer, we are an early entrant into an evolving manufacturing technology and marketplace. Our strategy has been to position our manufacturing assets, both in terms of our ability and capacity, to prepare for an anticipated increase of customer acceptance of this form of manufacturing. We have made financial support of this growth strategy a priority. We have invested in both our research and development and infrastructure, including capital investment in 3D printing machines, and hiring key personnel.

As our infrastructure grows, we intend to shift our strategic focus to opening additional PSCs in order to broaden our potential global customer base and to expand our 3D printing capability in an increasing variety of industrial materials. Our growth strategy focuses on growing our PSCs in order to print more products for our existing customers and gain new customers. By the end of 2015, we plan to expand our PSC network from the current seven locations to fifteen locations. Like our current PSCs, we plan to locate the additional PSCs in major industrial centers near existing and potential customers. While we may adjust based upon market considerations, our current plan includes opening two or more additional PSC locations in the first half of 2014.

Our growth strategy includes using our printed products as an introduction of our technology to facilitate 3D printing machine sales. An important part of reaching these goals is to increase our capability to print in a growing number of industrial materials and increase the job box sizes and production speeds (volumetric output) available to our potential customers, which will increase the efficiency and usefulness of our technology. In addition, we use our regional PSCs to educate our potential customers and the marketplace about the advantages of 3D printing.

We also believe expanding the location of our PSCs to high-growth economies and geographic regions that are readily accessible by a significant number of potential customers will help us to increase sales. To better balance our business, we intend to develop our customer base so that revenue is not dependent on any one region

(North America, South America and Latin America (collectively, “the Americas”), Europe and Asia). Likewise, we intend to balance revenue between our 3D printing machines and 3D printed products, materials and other services.

Our next generation 3D printing machine platforms have achieved the volumetric output rate and quality necessary to serve industrial markets on a production scale. We believe that there is an opportunity to similarly advance the pre-print and post-print processing phases of product materialization to more fully exploit the transformative power of our 3D printing machines and drive growth. These opportunities relate to both direct and indirect part materialization. For direct metal production, we believe that enhancing pre-print processes, notably design optimization tools and suitable print material availability, can greatly accelerate our capture of market share in the near-term. Additionally, enhancements to post-print processing will increase the applications for printed parts. Through ExMAL, we are developing post-print processing technologies to achieve fully dense metal product materialization without the need for infiltration, and we are exploring technology-sharing partnerships to further this initiative. In indirect production utilizing 3D printed molds and cores, advanced performance casting technologies can be leveraged to increase yields and reduce weight of casted products. To address the market opportunity and fill the execution gap, we have developed a suite of processes, many of which are proprietary, for producing high-quality castings through a process that we call ExCAST. ExCAST provides industry guidance and support through all stages of production, from CAD at the design stage, through the 3D materialization of molds and cores, metal casting of the end product and rapid delivery to the end-user.

Finally, we intend to opportunistically identify and, through acquisitions, alliances and/or strategic investment, integrate and advance complementary businesses, technologies and capabilities. Our goal is to expand the functionality of our products, provide access to new customers and markets, and increase our production capacity.

2013 Developments

Several important corporate developments occurred in 2013 that have had a significant impact on the presentation of our consolidated financial results.

ExOne was formed on January 1, 2013, when The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, merged with and into a Delaware corporation, which survived and changed its name to The ExOne Company. As a result of our Reorganization on January 1, 2013, The Ex One Company, LLC became ExOne, the common and preferred interest holders of The Ex One Company, LLC became holders of common stock and preferred stock, respectively, of ExOne, and the subsidiaries of The Ex One Company, LLC became the subsidiaries of ExOne.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ExOne, its wholly-owned subsidiaries, ExOne Americas LLC (United States), ExOne GmbH (Germany), effective in August 2013, ExOne Property GmbH (formerly ExOne Holding Deutschland GmbH) (Germany), ExOne KK (Japan) and through March 27, 2013 two variable interest entities in which ExOne was identified as the primary beneficiary, Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC and Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC. On March 27, 2013, ExOne Americas LLC acquired certain assets, including property and equipment (principally land, buildings and machinery and equipment) held by the two VIEs, and assumed all outstanding debt of such VIEs. Following this transaction, neither of the entities continued to meet the definition of a VIE with respect to ExOne, and as a result, the remaining assets and liabilities of both entities were deconsolidated following the transaction.

On February 6, 2013, we commenced an initial public offering of 6,095,000 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $18.00 per share, of which 5,483,333 shares were sold by us and 611,667 were sold by a selling stockholder (including consideration of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Following completion of the offering on February 12, 2013, we receivedcompleted our IPO, raising approximately $90.4 million in net proceeds of approximately $91,996 (net of underwriting commissions). In addition, we incurred associated offering costs of approximately $1,625, including approximately $712 in offering costs previously paid and deferred by us at December 31, 2012.

after expenses to us. On September 9,13, 2013, we commencedcompleted a secondary public offering, raising an additional $64.9 million in net proceeds after expenses to us.

Our Business

We are a global provider of 3,054,400 shares3D printing machines and 3D printed and other products, materials and services to industrial customers. Our business primarily consists of manufacturing and selling 3D printing machines and printing products to specification for our customers using our installed base of 3D printing machines. We offer pre-production collaboration and printed products for customers through our eight production PSCs, which are located in the United States, Germany, Italy and Japan. We build 3D printing machines at our facilities in the United States and Germany. We also supply the associated materials, including consumables and replacement parts, and other services, including training and technical support, necessary for purchasers of our common stock atmachines to print products. We believe that our ability to print in a pricevariety of industrial materials, as well as our industry-leading printing capacity (as measured by build box size and print head speed) uniquely position us to serve the publicneeds of $62.00 per share, of which 1,106,000 shares were sold by us and 1,948,400 were sold by selling stockholders (including consideration of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Following completion of the offering on September 13, 2013, we received net proceeds of approximately $65,315 (net of underwriting commissions). In addition, associated offering costs of approximately $1,012 were incurred in connection with this offering. Associated offering costs incurred by us in connection with the secondary public offering ($367) were based on our pro-rata sale of shares as compared to selling stockholders, who were responsible for their pro-rata portion ($645).industrial customers.

2014 Developments and 2015 Outlook

On March 3,Our results of operations for 2014 ExOne Americas purchased (i)were negatively affected by lower than expected sales of 3D printing machines as a result of longer than expected sales cycles for certain customers, as well as increased costs for production, research and development and selling, general and administrative activities, principally in the form of expanded facilities and personnel costs (consistent with our plan for 2014). Offsetting these negative effects, were increases in revenues associated with 3D printed and other products, materials and services, mostly due to increased customer acceptance and demand for our additive manufacturing technologies. Note the following operations highlights for 2014:

Commencing transition to our new facility in Gersthofen, Germany. When complete, this transition will result in approximately doubling our available facility space and will substantially allincrease our production capacity of indirect printing machines and PSC operations. This transition also results in a full consolidation of our production, research and development, sales and marketing and administrative teams under one combined facility.

Initiating expansion of our North Huntingdon, PA facility. Upon completion, this expansion doubles the assets of Machin-A-Mation, a specialty machine shop located in Chesterfield, Michigan,available PSC production space for this facility and (ii) the real property on which Machin-A-Mation’s business is locatedalso expands our available space for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5.0 million. The Machin-A-Mation business will remain in its current Michigan location, complementingresearch and development activities.

Opening our nearby PSC in Troy, Michigan. ThisItaly. We opened our newest PSC focuses on advanced 3D printed cores and moldssite in Italy, which also serves as a machine sales center for the aerospacecountry.

Upgrading our United States PSCs. We upgraded our United States PSCs with new technology, effectively expanding our capacity with newer, faster machines to print products for customers. Our United States PSCs are certified to ISO 9000:2008.

Significant Developments with our Machines. We committed significant resources in 2014 to the development of our machine technologies. During 2014 we introduced our Exerial, S-Max+ and shipbuilding industries.Innovent machine platforms and sold our first M-Print unit.

Developments with our Binder Jetting Technology and Printable Materials.We continued to evolve our qualified and printable materials capabilities. During 2014, we commercialized our first near 100% dense material, a nickel-based alloy. In addition, we expectintroduced several materials capable of direct printing for research and development activities. Our continued goal is to continue to servequalify an additional indirect or directly printed industrial material every six months.

Acquisitions.In March 2014, we acquired MAM and expand the existing Machin-A-Mation industrial customer base. We believe that Machin-A-Mation’sMWT which have enhanced our post-printing capabilities by providing specialty precision machining expertise helps us address the finishing requirements for complex partssupport (MAM) and microwave technologies (MWT) which are casta complementary element to certain of our 3D printing technologies.

With our facilities expansion substantially behind us, and our new machine platforms gaining market attention, we plan to focus our attention in 2015 on the operational effectiveness of our business with the primary goal being the continued global adoption of our binder jetting technologies. This includes further expanding our business focus from predominantly prototyping activities and short-run production to series production, principally through our introduction of the Exerial machine platform. We plan to complete an extensive strategic review of our businesses which will consider the markets we serve, our customers and our geographic footprint. We intend to place a firm emphasis of maximizing revenues from our 3D printed sand molds.

On March 6, 2014, ExOne GmbH acquired all of the shares of MWT-Gesellschaft für Industrielle Mikrowellentechnik mbH, a pioneer in industrial grade microwaves with leading designprinting machines and manufacturing experience based in Elz, Germany, for approximately $4.8 million. We believe that this acquisition enhancescontinuing to grow our position as the market leader of 3D sand production systems for industry. Industrial grade microwaves are used for thermally processing certain sand molds or cores that arerevenues from 3D printed using binders, such as phenolic binder, that require a drying process. Importantly, microwave technology improves casting quality and reduces production costs for customers in specific industries, such as magnesium parts for aviationother products, materials and steel alloy parts for hydraulic components. MWT designs and manufactures equipment that is currently employed in our PSC operations.services. We also plan to offer this technologycontinue to customers in future system sales. MWT’s microwave operation will be operationally integratedeffectively manage our costs of production and operating expenses such that we align our spending plans with the anticipated growth of our Augsburg, Germany manufacturing operations.

On March 6, 2014, we entered into an agreement with proALPHA Consulting GmbH to deploy an ERP system to promote operational efficiency and financial controls globally, including the supply of standard and individual software, customized programming and related services.business.

How We Measure Our Business

We use several financial and operating metrics to measure our business. We use these metrics to assess the progress of our business, make decisions on where to allocate capital, time and technology investments, and assess longer-term performance within our marketplace. The key metrics are as follows:

Revenue. Our revenue consists primarily of sales of our 3D printing machines and micromachinery3D printed and 3D printedother products, materials and other services.

3D printing machines and micromachinery.machines. 3D printing machine revenues consist of machine sales and micromachineryequipment under leasing arrangements. 3D printing machine sales generally include ancillary equipment, materials, installation and training services, the value of a warranty and other optional products and/or services. 3D printing machine sales are influenced by a number of factors including, among other things, (i) the adoption rate of our 3D printing technology, (ii) end-user product design and manufacturing activity, (iii) the capital expenditure budgets of end-users and potential end-users and (iv) the mix of products sold, all of which may be significantly influenced byother macroeconomic factors. Purchases of our 3D printing machines, and micromachinery, especiallyparticularly our higher-end, higher-priced systems, typically involve long sales cycles. Our 3D printing machine and micromachinery prices generally include machine installation, training, maintenance and the value of a

warranty. Several factors can significantly affect revenue reported for our 3D printing machines and micromachinery for a given period including, among others, (i) the overall low unit volume of 3D printing machine and micromachinery sales, (ii) the long lead timessales mix of our customers’ purchasing decisionsmachines for a given period and (iii) the customer-driven acceleration or delay of orders and shipments of a small number of machines.

3D printed and other products, materials and other services. 3D printed and other products, revenue is derived frommaterials and services consist of sales of (i) products printed in our global PSC network or manufactured through our ExCast strategy, (ii) consumable materials and replacement parts for our global installed base of PSCs located in the United States (5), Germany (1)3D printing machines and Japan (1). The(iii) services for maintenance and certain research and development activities. Our PSCs utilize our 3D printing machine technology to print products.products to the specifications of customers. In addition, our PSCs are also full-service operations that provide support and services such as pre-production collaboration prior to printing products for a customer. Revenue of materials depends upon the volume of consumables that we sell. Sales of our consumablesconsumable materials, replacement parts and service maintenance contracts are linked to the number of our 3D printing machines that are installed globally. Other research and active worldwide. Sales of consumablesdevelopment contracts are also driven by our customers’ machine usage, which is generally a function of the size of the particular machine and the habits and budget of the particular end-user. Larger machines generally use larger amounts of consumables due to their greater capacity and the higher levels of design andcustomer-specific needs in applying our additive manufacturing activity that are typical of an end-user who utilizes a larger machine.technologies.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Our cost of sales consists primarily of labor (including service labor)(related to our global workforce), materials (including consumables)(for both the manufacture of 3D printing machines and for our PSC operations) and overhead to produce 3D printing machines and 3D printed and other products, materials and other services. Also included in cost of sales are license fees (based upon a percentage of revenue of qualifying products and processes) for the use of intellectual properties, warranty costs and other overhead associated with our production processes. Our 3D printing machines and micromachinery are manufactured at our facilities in Germany and the United States. The cost to manufacture machines consists of component parts, labor and production overhead. The cost of 3D printed products, materials and other services consist primarily of the material cost of our printed products, labor and overhead (including facilities expense and other conversion costs).

Our gross profit is influenced by a number of factors, the most important of which is the volume and mix of our 3D printing machinesmachine and micromachinery,3D printed and other products, materials and other services sold.

As 3D printing machine and micromachinery sales are cyclical, we will seek to achieve an equal balance in revenue from 3D printing machines and micromachinery3D printed and 3D printedother products, materials and other services in order to maximize gross profit while managing business risk. In addition, we expect to reduce our cost of sales over time by continued research and development activities directed towards achieving increased efficiencies in the production of 3D printing machines and micromachinery.machines. Our PSCs will also seek to achieve lower material cost and improve throughput.

We are continuously analyzing our supply chain to identify opportunities for better management, in partnership with our customers, in order to reduce the overall cost as a percentage of revenue in this area.

Operating Expenses.Our operating expenses consist of research and development expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses.

Research and development expenses. Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel expenses aimed at developing new machinery and materials. Additional costs include the related software and materials, laboratory supplies, and costs for facilities and equipment. Research and development expenses are charged to operations as they are incurred. We capitalize the cost of materials, equipment and facilities that have future alternative uses in research and development projects or otherwise.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs (salaries and benefits) of our executive officers, and sales and marketing (including sales commissions), finance, accounting, information technology and human resources personnel. Other significant general and administrative costs include the facility costs related to our United States and European headquarters in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania and external costs for legal, accounting, consulting and other professional services.

Interest Expense. Interest expense consists of the interest cost associated with outstanding long-term debt and capital and financing lease arrangements. We expect our interest expense to continue to decrease as our outstanding debt is lowered over time. Included in our business strategy is the consideration of early retirement of debt (where practicable).

Provision for Income Taxes. Prior to our Reorganization, we were organized as a limited liability company. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions, we were taxed as a partnership and were not liable for income taxes. Instead, earnings and losses were included in the tax returns of our members. Therefore, for periods prior to Reorganization, theour consolidated financial statements do not reflect a provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes.

Following our Reorganization, we are taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax purposes. Current statutory tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate, the United States, Germany, Italy and Japan, are approximately 39.0%40.0% (including state taxes), 29.5%31.1%, 31.4% and 38.0%35.6%, respectively.

Results of Operations

Summary

Net loss attributable to ExOne for 2014 was $21,843 or $1.52 per basic and diluted share, compared with a net loss attributable to ExOne of $6,455 or $0.51 per basic and diluted share for 2013. The increase in our net loss was principally due to (i) a decrease in our gross profit attributed to an unfavorable mix of sales and increases in production costs associated with the expansion of our global facilities and (ii) an increase in operating expenses attributed to increased spending in research and development activities (for materials qualification and machine development) and selling, general and administrative expense (due to increased personnel costs and an increase in provisions for bad debts).

Net loss attributable to ExOne for 2013 was $6,455 or $0.51 per basic and diluted share, compared with a net loss attributable to ExOne of $10,168 for 2012. The decrease in our net loss was principally due to an increase in our revenue and gross profit as a result of a significant increase in 3D printing machine and micromachinery sales for 2013 compared to 2012.

Net loss attributable to ExOne for 2012 was $10,168 compared with a net loss attributable to ExOne of $8,037 in 2011. The increase in our net loss was due to an increase in our operating expenses from 2012 compared to 2011, principally due to a non-recurring equity-based compensation charge and professional service fees incurred in preparation for our initial public offering. Offsetting the impact of the increase in operating expenses were (i) increases in our revenue and gross profit as a result of a significant increase in 3D printing machine sales for 2012 compared to 2011 and a reduction in license fee expense as a result of the amendment to our agreement with MIT and (ii) a decrease in interest expense as a result of a lower average outstanding debt balance.

Revenue

The following table summarizes revenue by product line for each of the years ending December 31:

 

   2013  2012  2011 

3D printing machines and micromachinery

  $24,851     62.9% $15,668     54.7% $5,406     35.4%

3D printed products, materials and other services

   14,629     37.1%  12,989     45.3%  9,884     64.6%
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $39,480     100.0% $28,657     100.0% $15,290     100.0%
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2014  2013  2012 

3D printing machines

  $22,792     51.9 $24,851     62.9 $15,668     54.7

3D printed and other products, materials and services

   21,108     48.1  14,629     37.1  12,989     45.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $43,900     100.0 $39,480     100.0 $28,657     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue for 2014 was $43,900 compared with revenue of $39,480 for 2013, an increase of $4,420, or 11.2%. This increase was principally due to an increase in revenues from 3D printed and other products, materials and services driven by (i) an overall continued increase in customer acceptance and demand for our additive manufacturing technologies, resulting in higher PSC volumes, (ii) an increase in revenues associated with our ExCast activities, (iii) an increase in the number of our 3D printing machines that are installed globally (resulting in higher materials and service revenues) and (iv) revenues attributable to MAM and MWT. Offsetting this increase was a decrease in revenues from 3D printing machines as a result of a reduction in volumes (one fewer unit sold as compared to 2013) and an unfavorable mix of sales of machines (based on the average selling price of machines sold) for 2014 as compared to 2013.

The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in revenue by product line for 2014 compared to 2013:

   3D printing
machines
   3D printed and
other products,
materials and
services
   Total 

2013

  $24,851    $14,629    $39,480  

Change in revenue attributed to:

      

Volume

   (746   6,682     5,936  

Pricing and sales mix

   (1,203   —       (1,203

Foreign currency

   (110   (203   (313
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (2,059   6,479     4,420  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014

  $22,792    $21,108    $43,900  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue for 2013 was $39,480 compared with revenue of $28,657 for 2012, an increase of $10,823, or 37.8%. This increase was due principally to a higher volume of sales of 3D printing machines and micromachinery (29 for 2013 as compared to 13 for 2012), as well as 3D printed and other products, materials and other services based on a continued

increase in customer acceptance ofand demand for our additive manufacturing technologies. Offsetting increases in volume were decreases attributed to (i) an unfavorable mix of sales mix of machines, as a higher percentage of machines sold for the 2012 period were S-Max units, our highest price point machine, and (ii) net negative foreign currency movements associated with the devaluation of the Japanese Yen.

The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in revenue by product line for 2013 compared to 2012:

 

  3D printing
machines and
micromachinery
 3D printed
products,
materials and
other services
 Total   3D printing
machines
   3D printed and
other products,
materials and
services
   Total 

2012

  $15,668   $12,989   $28,657    $15,668    $12,989    $28,657  

Change in revenue attributed to:

          

Volume

   19,572    1,920    21,492     19,572     1,920     21,492  

Pricing and sales mix

   (10,101  —      (10,101   (10,101   —       (10,101

Foreign currency

   (288  (280  (568   (288   (280   (568
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   9,183    1,640    10,823     9,183     1,640     10,823  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

2013

  $24,851   $14,629   $39,480    $24,851    $14,629    $39,480  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Revenue for 2012 was $28,657 compared with revenue of $15,290 in 2011, an increase of $13,367, or 87.4%. This increase was principally due to a higher volume of sales of 3D printing machines (13 in 2012 as compared to 5 in 2011) as well as 3D printed products, materials and other services.

The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in revenue by product line for 2012 compared to 2011:

   3D printing
machines and
micromachinery
  3D printed
products,
materials and
other services
  Total 

2011

  $5,406   $9,884   $15,290  

Change in revenue attributed to:

    

Volume

   10,360    3,388    13,748  

Pricing and sales mix

   95    —      95  

Foreign currency

   (193  (283  (476
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   10,262    3,105    13,367  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2012

  $15,668   $12,989   $28,657  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table summarizes 3D printing machines sold by type for each of the years ending December 31 (please refer to the Our Machines and Machine Platforms section of Part I Item 1 of this Annual Report onForm 10-K for a description of 3D printing machines by type):

 

  2013   2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 

Machine units sold:

            

S-Max+

   1     —       —    

S-Max

   13     9     1     11     13     9  

S-Print

   3     3     1     1     3     3  

S-15

   1     1     2     1     1     1  

M-Print

   1     —       —    

M-Flex

   6     —       —       9     6     —    

X1-Lab

   5     —       1     4     5     —    

Micromachinery

   1     —       —       —       1     —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   29     13     5     28     29     13  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Cost of sales for 2014 was $33,443 compared with cost of sales of $23,907 for 2013, an increase of $9,536, or 39.9%. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue was 76.2% for 2014 compared with 60.6% for 2013.

Gross profit for 2014 was $10,457 compared with gross profit of $15,573 for 2013, a decrease of $5,116, or 32.9%. Gross profit percentage was 23.8% for 2014, compared with 39.4% for 2013. This decrease was principally as a result of (i) an unfavorable mix of sales of 3D printing machines versus sales of 3D printed and other products, materials and services, (ii) an increase in our production costs associated with the expansion of our global facilities (including increased personnel costs), (iii) costs incurred in connection with the development of our ExCast strategy and (iv) costs associated with our decision to discontinue our laser micromachining product line.

Cost of sales for 2013 was $23,907 compared with cost of sales of $16,514 for 2012, an increase of $7,393, or 44.8%. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue was 60.6% for 2013 compared with 57.6% for 2012, an increase of 3.0%.2012.

Cost of sales for 2012 was $16,514 compared with cost of sales of $11,647 in 2011, an increase of $4,867, or 41.8%. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue was 57.6% for 2012 compared with 76.2% in 2011, a decrease of 18.6%.

Gross profit for 2013 was $15,573 compared with gross profit of $12,143 for 2012, an increase of $3,430, or 28.2%. Gross profit percentage was 39.4% for 2013, compared with 42.4% for 2012, a decrease of 3.0%.2012. This decrease was due principally to our salesan unfavorable mix of sales of 3D printing machines versus sales of 3D printed and other products, in 2013 compared to 2012,materials and services, as well as an overall increase in our fixed overhead costs (as a result of opening two new production service centersPSCs and a general increaseincreases in our productive workforcepersonnel costs in anticipation of future increased volume output).

Gross profit for 2012 was $12,143 compared with gross profit of $3,643 in 2011, an increase of $8,500, or 233.4%. Gross profit percentage was 42.4% for 2012 compared with 23.8% in 2011, an increase of 18.6%. This increase was principally due to the increase in 3D printing machine volume for 2012 compared with 2011 (see table above) and a reduction in our license fees of $625 mostly due to the amendment to our agreement with MIT.

Operating Expenses

The following table summarizes the significant components of operating expenses for each of the years ending December 31:

 

  2013   2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 

Research and development

  $5,127    $1,930    $1,531    $8,178    $5,127    $1,930  

Selling, general and administrative

   16,119     18,285     7,286     24,029     16,119     18,285  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $21,246    $20,215    $8,817    $32,207    $21,246    $20,215  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Operating expenses for 2014 were $32,207 compared with operating expenses of $21,246 for 2013, an increase of $10,961, or 51.6%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue were 73.4% for 2014, compared with 53.8% for 2013.

Research and development expenses for 2014 were $8,178 compared with research and development expenses of $5,127 for 2013, an increase of $3,051, or 59.5%. This increase was due primarily to (i) increased costs associated with our materials qualification activities, including materials usage, professional fees and facilities costs associated with our materials development laboratory in the United States, (ii) continued investment in enhancing our 3D printing machine technology, including new machine development, for both direct and indirect printing and (iii) personnel costs associated with an increased headcount (including salaries, related benefits, travel expenses and equity-based compensation).

Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2014 were $24,029 compared with selling, general and administrative expenses of $16,119 for 2013, an increase of $7,910, or 49.1%. This increase was principally due to (i) personnel costs associated with an increased headcount (including salaries, related benefits, travel expenses and equity-based compensation), (ii) an increase in provisions for bad debts as a result of certain receivables experiencing deteriorating credit quality based on either customer-specific or macroeconomic factors, (iii) other growth-related expenses (consulting and professional fees), (iv) higher selling expenses (including higher sales commissions expense and increased trade show expenses), and (v) the impact of the MAM and MWT acquisitions (acquired in March 2014), principally amortization of identified intangible assets.

Operating expenses for 2013 were $21,246 compared with operating expenses of $20,215 for 2012, an increase of $1,031, or 5.1%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue were 53.8% for 2013, compared with 70.5% for 2012, a decrease of 16.7%.2012.

Research and development expenses for 2013 were $5,127 compared with research and development expenses of $1,930 for 2012, an increase of $3,197, or 165.6%. This increase was due primarily to (i) increased costs associated with our materials qualification activities, including additional research and development headcount, materials usage and facilities costs associated with our new materials development laboratory in the United States and (ii) continued investment in enhancing our 3D printing machine and micromachinery technology for both direct (metal) and indirect (sand) printing.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2013 were $16,119 compared with selling, general and administrative expenses of $18,285 for 2012, a decrease of $2,166, or 11.8%. This decrease was due principally to a net decrease in equity-based compensation expense for 2013 compared to 2012. The net decrease in equity-basedequity-

based compensation expense is as a result of the absence of $7,735 in expense for 2012 related to the sale of common units by the majority member of the former limited liability company to another member and two executives of the former limited liability company. Offsetting the net decrease in equity-based compensation were increases in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2013 compared to 2012 associated with (i) merger and acquisition related activities (approximately $400) following our secondary public offering of common stock in September 2013, (ii) increased professional service fees (including legal, audit and other consulting expenses), (iii) increased personnel costs associated with an increased headcount (including salaries and related benefits) in making the transition from a private company to a publicly traded company and (iv) increased selling costs (principally selling commissions for machine sale transactions).

Operating expenses for 2012 were $20,215 compared with operating expenses of $8,817 in 2011, an increase of $11,398, or 129.3%. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue were 70.5% for 2012 compared with 57.7% in 2011, an increase of 12.8%.

Research and development expenses for 2012 were $1,930 compared with research and development expenses of $1,531 in 2011, an increase of $399, or 26.1%. This increase was mostly due to (i) continued investment in our 3D printing machine technology and (ii) increased costs associated with our materials qualification activities.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2012 were $18,285 compared with selling, general and administrative expenses of $7,286 in 2011, an increase of $10,999, or 150.1%. This increase was principally due to the aforementioned equity-based compensation expense of $7,735 associated with the sale of common units of the former limited liability company to another member and two executives of the former limited liability company during 2012. In addition, we incurred professional service fees (including legal, audit and other consulting expenses) of $2,328 in 2012 as compared to $469 in 2011. This increase is mostly attributable to costs incurred in preparation for our initial public offering, finalized in February 2013.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for 2014 was $144 compared with interest expense of $372 in 2013, a decrease of $228, or 61.3%. This decrease was due principally to a lower average outstanding debt balance for 2014, as compared to 2013, mostly due to (i) the retirement of the demand note payable to a member in February 2013 and (ii) the settlement of debt held by variable interest entities in connection with our acquisition of certain related assets of those entities in March 2013.

Interest expense for 2013 was $372 compared with interest expense of $842 in 2012, a decrease of $470, or 55.8%. This decrease was due principally to a lower average outstanding debt balance for 2013, as compared to 2012, mostly due to (i) the retirement of the demand note payable to a member in February 2013 and (ii) the settlement of debt held by variable interest entities in connection with our acquisition of certain related assets of those entities in March 2013.

Interest expense for 2012 was $842 compared with interest expense of $1,570 in 2011, a decrease of $728, or 46.4%. This decrease was principally due to a lower average outstanding debt balance in 2012 as compared to 2011, mostly due to the conversion of amounts payable on our demand note payable to member to redeemable preferred units in December 2011.

Other Income — Net

Other income — net for 20132014 was $98$210 compared with other income — net of $221$98 for 20122013 and other income — net of $158$221 for 2011.2012. Amounts for all periods consist principally of interest income on cash deposits and other financing activity benefits.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $159, $370 and 2011 was $370, $995, and $1,031, respectively, and in each of the respective years related entirely to the taxable income of ExOne GmbH.respectively. The effective tax rate for 2014, 2013 and 2012 was 0.7%, 6.2% and 2011 was 106.2%, 111.5% and 115.7%11.5% (provision on a loss), respectively. For 2014 and 2013, the effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to net changes in valuation allowances for the period. For 2012, and 2011, the effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to the effects of (i) limited liability company losses not subject to tax and (ii) net changes in valuation allowances for the period.

We have provided a valuation allowance for our net deferred tax assets as a result of our inability to generate consistent net operating profits in jurisdictions in which we operate. As such, any benefit from deferred taxes in any of the periods presented in our consolidated financial statements has been fully offset by changes in the valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets. We continue to assess our future taxable income by jurisdiction based on (i) our recent historical operating results, (ii) the expected timing of reversal of temporary differences, (iii) various tax planning strategies that we may be able to enact in future periods, (iv) the impact of potential operating changes on our business and (v) our forecast results from operations in future periods based

on available information at the end of each reporting period. To the extent that we are able to reach the conclusion that deferred tax assets are realizable based on any combination of the above factors, a reversal of existing valuation allowances may occur.

Noncontrolling Interests

There was no net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for 2014. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for 2013 was $138 compared with net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $480 in 2012, a decrease of $342, or 71.3%. There was noChanges in net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for 2013 followingall periods are as a result of the acquisition of net assets in the related variable interest entities described immediately below, which was completed during the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for 2012 was $480 compared with net income attributable to noncontrolling interests of $420 in 2011, an increase of $60, or 14.3%. This increase was principally due to additional rental income (rental expense for ExOne) associated with 3D printing machines purchased by our variable interest entities, Lone Star and TMF.

Impact of Inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition are not significant.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We incurred net losses of approximately $21,843, $6,317 and $9,688 for 2014, 2013 and $7,617 for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Prior to our Reorganization, we operated as a limited liability company and were substantially supported by the continued financial support provided by our majority member. In connection with the completion of our initial public offering in February 2013 and our secondary public offering in September 2013, we received total unrestricted net proceeds from the sale of our common stock of approximately $157,311. We believe that the unrestricted net proceeds obtained through these transactionsour existing capital resources will be sufficient to support our operations through January 1, 2015.2016.

The following table summarizes the significant components of cash flows for each of the years ending December 31:

 

  2013 2012 2011   2014   2013   2012 

Cash used for operating activities

  $(20,192 $(9,677 $(2,436  $(28,932  $(20,192  $(9,677

Cash used for investing activities

   (21,638  (1,858  (1,080   (32,236   (21,638   (1,858

Cash provided by financing activities

   137,512    11,011    5,931  

Cash (used for) provided by financing activities

   (677   137,512     11,011  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (39  (170  60     (398   (39   (170
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  $95,643   $(694 $2,475    $(62,243  $95,643    $(694
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $98,445   $2,802   $3,496    $36,202    $98,445    $2,802  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used for operating activities for 2014 was $28,932 compared with $20,192 for 2013. The increase of $8,740, or 43.3%, was mostly attributed to an increase in our net loss and cash outflows associated with accounts receivable (based on the timing of sales and payments by customers) and inventories (based on an increase in manufacturing capacity). These amounts were offset by lower cash outflows associated with prepaid expenses and other current assets (based on a reduction in increases of prepayments to vendors) and deferred revenue and customer prepayments (mostly due to the timing and amount of prepayments by customers).

Cash used for operating activities for 2013 was $20,192 compared with $9,677 for 2012. The increase of $10,525,$10,515, or 108.8%108.7%, was mostly attributed to an increase in our net loss less depreciation and amortization expense and equity-based compensation of $2,964 mostly due to increased operating expenses following our public offering in February 2013 and net changes in assets and liabilities as a result of (i) an increase in outflows associated with inventories

(as (as a result of increases in global machine manufacturing activities), (ii) an increase in outflows associated with prepaid expenses and other current assets (attributed mostly to an increase in value-added taxes paid (refundable) and an increase in supplier prepayments), (iii) a decrease in inflows associated with accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities (based on increased purchasing

activity and the timing of payment) and (iv) an increase in outflows associated with deferred revenue and customer prepayments (mostly due to the timing and amount of prepayments by customers). These amounts were offset by increased collections activity on accounts receivable.

Cash used for operating activities in 2012 was $9,677 compared with $2,436 in 2011. The increase of $7,241, or 297.2%, was attributed to increases in net working capital of $13,418 (mostly increases in accounts receivable and inventories as a result of increased selling and production activity) slightly offset by increases to accounts payable and accrued expenses, also linked to selling and production activity. The increase in net working capital was offset by an increase of cash earnings in 2012 of $6,177 (net income less non-cash items).

Investing Activities

Cash used for investing activities for 2014, was $32,236 compared with $21,638 for 2013. The increase of $10,598, or 49.0%, was primarily attributed to increased capital expenditures, mostly due to spending associated with (i) the expansion of our facilities in Germany and the United States to increase our 3D printing machine manufacturing, PSC, research and development and administrative facilities and (ii) the acquisition of the land and building associated with our Japanese subsidiary and cash paid for acquisitions (MAM and MWT).

Our 2015 capital expenditures plan includes approximately $5,000 to $7,000 in spending associated with continued facilities expansions and our ERP system deployment.

Cash used for investing activities for 2013, was $21,638 compared with $1,858 for 2012. The increase of $19,780, or 1064.6%, was primarily attributed to increased capital expenditures in 2013, mostly due to spending associated with (i) the expansion of our facilities in Germany to increase our 3D printing machine manufacturing, PSCs and other administrative facilities located there and (ii) costs associated with expanding our global PSC network, including the purchase of land and a manufacturing facility in North Las Vegas, Nevada. In addition, the cash flow effect of deconsolidating certain variable interest entities previously under our control also increased outflows from investing activities.

Our 2014 capital expenditures plan includes (i) completion of our new multi-use facility in Germany (estimated total costs of approximately $11,000 for 2014), (ii) the anticipated purchase and expansion of our existing Japanese facilities (estimated total costs of $7,300 for 2014), (iii) an expansion and further investment in our facilities in the United States (including our planned facility expansion for our direct metal printing operations in North Huntingdon, Pennsylvania), including capital expenditures associated with our materials qualification activities (ExMAL) (total estimated costs of approximately $4,000 for 2014), (iv) an increase in our global installed base of 3D printing machines and related equipment (estimated total costs of approximately $8,000 for 2014), (v) deployment of a global ERP system to support our business activities (estimated total costs of approximately $2,000 for 2014), and (vi) additional sustaining capital expenditures (estimated total costs of less than $1,000 for 2014).

In addition, on March 3, 2014 and March 6, 2014, respectively, we acquired two businesses (MAM and MWT) as part of our strategy to enhance our pre-print and post-print capabilities for a combined cost of approximately $9,800.

Cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1,858 compared with $1,080 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The use of cash for each of the three years was attributed to capital expenditures, principally to support the construction of 3D printing machines at our facilities in the United States and Germany.

Financing Activities

Cash used for financing activities for 2014 was $677. Cash provided by financing activities for 2013 2012 and 20112012 was $137,512 and $11,011, respectively.

At December 31, 2014, we identified that we were not in compliance with the annual cash flow-to-debt service ratio covenant associated with our building note payable to a bank. We requested and $5,931, respectively.were granted a waiver related to compliance with this annual covenant through December 31, 2015. Related to our 2014 noncompliance, there were no cross default provisions or related impacts on other lending agreements.

At December 31, 2014, we identified that we were not in compliance with the annual equity ratio covenant associated with our line of credit agreement with a German bank. We did not obtain a waiver related to compliance with this annual covenant and believe our borrowing abilities to be restricted on the basis of an event of default under the agreement. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no outstanding short-term borrowings or cash advances on the line of credit. Based on the cancellable nature of the agreement, any future requests for short-term borrowings or cash advances under this arrangement are subject to approval by the bank. Related to our 2014 noncompliance, there were no cross default provisions or related impacts on other lending agreements.

The principal use of cash for 2014 was $1,010 associated with principal payments on outstanding debt (including the payoff of debt assumed in connection with the MAM acquisition) and capital and financing leases offset by $333 in cash proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options.

The principal sources of cash for 2013 were (i) net proceeds from our initial public offering of $91,083 and (ii) net proceeds from our secondary public offering of $64,948. Offsetting these sources of cash were outflows of (i) $528 associated with the repayment of amounts outstanding on our German line of credit, (ii) $9,885 associated with the repayment of amounts outstanding on the demand note payable to member (which was

subsequently retired by us), (iii) $7,650 associated with the repayment of other outstanding debt and principal payments on financing leases, including repayment of all of the debt assumed from our VIEs in connection with the acquisition of net assets on March 27, 2013 and settlement of our financing lease obligation with a related party for a cash payment of approximately $1,372 during the quarter ended June 30, 2013, and (iv) $456 in preferred stock dividends paid prior to conversion of preferred stock to common stock upon closing of our initial public offering.

At December 31, 2013, we identified that we were not in compliance with the annual cash flow-to-debt service ratio covenant associated with our ExOne building note payable to a bank. We requested and were granted a waiver related to compliance with this covenant through December 31, 2014. Related to our 2013 noncompliance, there were no cross default provisions or related impacts on other lending agreements.

The principal sources of cash in 2012 were (i) net borrowings on our line of credit of $528 to support operations, (ii) net borrowings on the demand note payable to member of $8,629 to support operations, and (iii) proceeds from long-term debt and financing leases of $4,707 used to finance 3D printing machine production. Offsetting these sources of cash were long-term debt and financing lease repayments of $2,063.

The principal sources of cash in 2011 were (i) net borrowings on the demand note payable to member of $3,939 to support operations, (ii) proceeds from long-term debt of $2,398 used to finance 3D printing machine production and (iii) contributions from noncontrolling interests of $402. Offsetting these sources of cash were long-term debt repayments of $808.

Contractual Obligations

We are required to make future payments under various contracts, including operating lease and license agreements, construction services agreements,capital expenditure contracts, long-term debt agreements and capital and financing lease agreements. At December 31, 2013,2014, a summary of our outstanding contractual obligations is as follows:

 

  Total   2014   2015-2016   2017-2018   Thereafter   Total   2015   2016-2017   2018-2019   Thereafter 

Operating activities:

                    

Operating leases

  $1,377    $791    $349    $236    $1    $1,281    $421    $613    $225    $22  

License fee obligations

   880     680     200     —       —       492     392     100     —       —    

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments

   916     916     —       —       —       902     902     —       —       —    

Investing activities:

                    

Capital expenditures

   6,650     6,650     —       —       —       246     246     —       —       —    

Financing activities:

                    

Long-term debt

   2,209     127     270     282     1,530     2,082     132     277     294     1,379  

Capital and financing leases

   1,024     549     418     57     —       510     346     154     10     —    

Interest

   812     129     174     161     348     679     97     162     151     269  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $13,868    $9,842    $1,411    $736    $1,879    $6,192    $2,536    $1,306    $680    $1,670  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Operating Leases

Operating leases consist of various lease agreements of manufacturing and office facilities, officemachinery and warehouse spaces, andother equipment and vehicles, expiring in various years through 2019.2020.

License Fee Obligations

License fee obligations include amounts contractually due to third parties for use of patented technology, expiring in various years through2015 and 2016.

Deferred Revenue and Customer Prepayments

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments require us to deliver products or services to customers over a specified contract period. While these obligations are not expected to result in cash payments, they represent contractual obligations for which we would be obligated if the specified deliveries could not be made.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures consist of firmly committed amounts under a construction services contract for the designcertain hardware, software and construction of a manufacturing facility in the Municipality of Gersthofen, Germany, with an expected completion date in the fourth quarter of 2014. Other amounts otherwise disclosed within this Annual Report on Form 10-Kservices associated with the design, construction and building improvements related to this facility were not contractually committed at December 31, 2013.our enterprise resource planning systems.

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the current and noncurrent portion of a note payable used to finance the acquisition of a building. Maturity of this debt instrument extends to 2027.

Capital and Financing Leases

Capital and financing leases consist of obligations associated with (i) leased assets or (ii) sale-leaseback transactions required to be accounted for as financings. Maturity of our capital and financing leases extends to 2017.2019.

Interest

Interest related to long-term debt and capital and financing leases is based on interest rates in effect at December 31, 2013,2014, and is calculated on instruments with maturities that extend to 2027.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not a party to any off balance sheet arrangements.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance

None.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

Refer to the Recently Issued Accounting Guidance section of Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires managementRefer to make certain judgments, estimates and assumptions regarding uncertainties that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Areas that require significant judgments, estimates and assumptions include accounting for inventories (including the allowance for slow moving and obsolete inventory); product warranty reserves; income taxes (including the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets); equity-based compensation and future cash flow estimates associated with long-lived assets for purposes

of impairment testing. We bases our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believedNote 1 to be reasonable, the results of which forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Foreign Currency

The local currency is the functional currency for significant operations outside of the United States. The determination of the functional currency of an operation is made based upon the appropriate economic and management indicators.

Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into their U.S. dollar equivalents based upon year end exchange rates, and are included in stockholders’ / members’ equity as a component of other comprehensive (loss) income. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations are charged to operations as incurred, except for gains and losses associated with intercompany receivables and payables for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future, which are included in other comprehensive (loss) income in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

We transact business globally and are subject to risks associated with fluctuating foreign exchange rates. Approximately 63.0%, 72.8% and 70.0% of our consolidated revenue was derived from transactions outside the United States for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This revenue is generated primarily from wholly-owned subsidiaries operating in their respective countries and surrounding geographic areas. This revenue is primarily denominated in each subsidiary’s local functional currency, including the Euro and Japanese Yen.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from the sale of 3D printing machines and micromachinery and 3D printed products and materials is recognized upon transfer of title, generally upon shipment. Revenue from the performance of production or other contract services is generally recognized when either the services are performed or the finished product is shipped. Revenue for all deliverables in a sales arrangement is recognized provided that persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, both title and risk of loss have passed to the customer and collection is reasonably assured. Persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists upon execution of a written sales agreement or signed purchase order that constitutes a fixed and legally binding commitment between us and our customer. In instances where revenue recognition criteria are not met, amounts are recorded as deferred revenue and customer prepayments in the consolidated balance sheets.

We enter into sales arrangements that may provide for multiple deliverables to a customer. Sales of machines may include materials and/or production or other contract services (including maintenance, installation or training services). We identify all goods and services that are to be delivered separately under a sales arrangement and allocate revenue to each deliverable based on relative fair values. Fair values are generally established based on the prices charged when sold separately by us (vendor specific objective evidence). In general, revenues are separated between machines, materials and other services. The allocated revenue for each deliverable is then recognized ratably based on relative fair values of the components of the sale. In the absence of vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence in leading to a relative fair value for a sale component, our best estimate of selling price is used. We also evaluate the impact of undelivered items on the functionality of delivered items for each sales transaction and, where appropriate, defer revenue on delivered items when that functionality has been affected. Functionality is determined to be met if the delivered products or services represent a separate earnings process. Revenue from services are recognized at the time of performance.

We provide customers with a standard warranty on all machines generally over a period of twelve months from the date of installation at the customer’s site. The warranty is not treated as a separate service because the

warranty is an integral part of the sale of the machine. After the initial twelve month warranty period, we offer our customers optional maintenance service contracts. Deferred maintenance service revenue is recognized when the maintenance services are performed since we have historical evidence that indicates that the costs of performing the services under the contract are not incurred on a straight-line basis.

We sell equipment with embedded software to our customers. The embedded software is not sold separately and it is not a significant focus of our marketing effort. We do not provide post-contract customer support specific to the software or incur significant costs that are within the scope of FASB guidance on accounting for software to be leased or sold. Additionally, the functionality that the software provides is marketed as part of the overall product. The software embedded in the equipment is incidental to the equipment as a whole such that the FASB guidance referenced above is not applicable. Sales of these products are recognized in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for multiple-element arrangements.

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers for machine sales and sales of materials are included in revenue in the consolidated statement of operations and other comprehensive loss. Costs incurred by us associated with shipping and handling are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Our terms of sale generally require payment within 30 to 60 days after shipment of a product, although we also recognize that longer payment periods are customary in some countries where we transact business. To reduce credit risk in connection with machine sales, we may, depending upon the circumstances, require certain amounts be prepaid prior to shipment. In some circumstances, we may require payment in full for our products prior to shipment and may require international customers to furnish letters of credit. These prepayments are reported as deferred revenue and customer prepayments in the consolidated balance sheets. Production and contract services are billed in accordance with specific contract terms, generally upon performance of the related services.

We have entered into certain contracts for the sale of our products and services with the federal government under fixed-fee, cost reimbursable and time and materials arrangements. With respect to cost reimbursable arrangements with the federal government, we generally bill for products and services in accordance with provisional rates as determined by us. To the extent that provisional rates billed under these contracts differ from actual experience, a billing adjustment (through revenue) is made in the period in which the difference is identified (generally upon completion of our annual Incurred Cost Submission filing as required by the federal government). For 2013, 2012 and 2011, revenues and any adjustments related to these contracts were not significant.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments with maturities when purchased of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Our policy is to invest cash in excess of short-term operating and debt-service requirements in such cash equivalents. These instruments are stated at cost, which approximates fair value because of the short maturity of the instruments. We maintain cash balances with financial institutions located in the United States, Germany and Japan. We place our cash with high quality financial institutions and believe our risk of loss is limited; however, at times, account balances may exceed international and federally insured limits. We have not experienced any losses associated with these cash balances.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are reported at their net realizable value. Our estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables is based on our evaluation of customer accounts with past-due outstanding balances or specific accounts for which we have information that the customer may be unable to meet its financial obligations. Based upon review of these accounts, and management’s analysis and judgment, we record a specific allowance for that customer’s accounts receivable balance to reduce the outstanding receivable balance to the amount expected to be collected. The allowance is re-evaluated and adjusted periodically as additional information is received that impacts the allowance amount reserved. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $63 and $83, respectively.

Inventories

We value all of our inventories at the lower of cost, as determined on the first-in, first-out method or market value. Overhead is allocated to work in progress and finished goods based upon normal capacity of our production facilities. Fixed overhead associated with production facilities that are being operated below normal capacity are recognized as a period expense rather than being capitalized as a product cost. An allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories is provided based on historical experience and current product demand. These provisions reduce the cost basis of the respective inventory and are recorded as a charge to cost of sales. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories was approximately $750 and $891, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to twenty-five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of (i) their estimated useful lives or (ii) the estimated or contractual lives of the related leases. Gains or losses from the sale of assets are recognized upon disposal or retirement of the related assets and are generally recorded in cost of sales in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets (asset group) may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is determined by comparing the estimated undiscounted net cash flows of the operations related to the assets (asset group) to their carrying amount. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of the assets (asset group) exceeds the estimated undiscounted net cash flows. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded is calculated as the excess of carrying value of assets (asset group) over their fair value, with fair value determined using the best information available, which generally is a discounted cash flow model. The determination of what constitutes an asset group, the associated undiscounted net cash flows, and the estimated useful lives of assets require significant judgments and estimates by management. No impairment loss was recorded by us during 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Product Warranty Reserves

Substantially all of our 3D printing machines and micromachinery are covered by a warranty, generally over a period of twelve months from the date of installation at the customer’s site. A liability is recorded for future warranty costs in the same period in which the related revenue is recognized. The liability is based upon anticipated parts and labor costs using historical experience. We periodically assesses the adequacy of the product warranty reserves based on changes in these factors and record any necessary adjustments if actual experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Future claims experience could be materially different from prior results because of the introduction of new, more complex products, a change in our warranty policy in response to industry trends, competition or other external forces, or manufacturing changes that could impact product quality. In the event that we determine that our current or future product repair and replacement costs exceed estimates, an adjustment to these reserves would be charged to cost of sales in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss in the period such a determination is made. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, product warranty reserves were approximately $943 and $556, respectively, and were included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

Prior to Reorganization, we were organized as a limited liability company. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions, we were taxed as a partnership and were not liable for income taxes. Instead, earnings and losses were included in the tax returns of our members. Therefore, for periods prior to Reorganization, the consolidated financial statements do not reflect a provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes.

Our subsidiariesincluded in Germany and Japan are taxed as corporations under the taxing regulationsPart II Item 8 of Germany and Japan, respectively. As a result, the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss includes a provision for income taxes related to these foreign jurisdictions. Any undistributed earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in the respective subsidiaries.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustainedthis Annual Report on examination by the taxing authorities based upon the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then measured based upon the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Tax benefits that do not meet the more likely than not criteria are recognized when effectively settled, which generally means that the statute of limitations has expired or that appropriate taxing authority has completed its examination even through the statute of limitations remains open. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities in their respective jurisdictions using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We seek to minimize these risks through regular operating and financing activities and, when we consider it to be appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

We have entered into interest rate swaps for the purpose of managing risks related to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. We have elected not to prepare and maintain the documentation required to qualify for hedge accounting treatment and therefore, all gains and losses (realized or unrealized) related to derivative instruments are recognized as a component of interest expense in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss. Fair value of the interest rate swaps are reported as accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. We do not purchase, hold or sell derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

We are exposed to credit risk if the counterparties to such transactions are unable to perform their obligations. However, we seek to minimize such risk by entering into transactions with counterparties that are believed to be creditworthy financial institutions.

There were no derivative financial instruments held by us at December 31, 2013. Derivative financial instruments held by us at December 31, 2012 were not significant.

Taxes on Revenue Producing Transactions

Taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue producing transactions, including sales, excise, value added and use taxes, are recorded on a net basis (excluded from revenue) in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Research and Development

We are involved in research and development of new methods and technologies relating to our products. Research and development expenses are charged to operations as they are incurred. We capitalize the cost of materials, equipment and facilities that have alternative future uses in research and development projects or otherwise.

Advertising

Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred, and were not significant for 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Defined Contribution Plan

We sponsor a defined contribution savings plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the plan, participating employees in the United States may elect to defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings, up to the Internal Revenue Service’s annual contribution limit. We make matching contributions of 50% of the first 8% of employee contributions, subject to certain Internal Revenue Service limitations. Our matching contributions to the plan were approximately $92, $90 and $87 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Equity-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation expense for equity-based grants using the straight-line attribution method, in which the expense (net of estimated forfeitures) is recognized ratably over the requisite service period based on the grant date fair value. Fair value of equity-based awards is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. We recognized total equity-based compensation expense of approximately $711 and $7,735 during 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was no equity-based compensation expense recognized during 2011.Form 10-K.

 

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We seek to minimize these risks through regular operating and financing activities and, when we consider it to be appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. We do not purchase, hold or sell derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The local currency is the functional currency for significant operations outside of the United States. The determination of the functional currency of an operation is made based on the appropriate economic and management indicators.

Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into their U.S. dollar equivalents based on year end exchange rates, and are included in stockholders’ / members’ equity (deficit) as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations are charged to operations as incurred, except for gains and losses associated with certain long-term intercompany receivables and payablestransactions for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future, which are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheets.sheet.

We transact business globally and are subject to risks associated with fluctuating foreign exchange rates. Approximately 63.0%51.9%, 72.8%63.0% and 70.0%72.8% of our consolidated revenue was derived from transactions outside the United States for 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. This revenue is generated primarily from wholly-owned subsidiaries operating in their respective countries and surrounding geographic areas. This revenue is primarily denominated in each subsidiary’s local functional currency, including the Euro and Japanese Yen. A hypothetical change in foreign exchange rates of+/-10.0% for 20132014 would result in an increase (decrease) in revenue of approximately $2,500.$2,300. These subsidiaries incur mostnearly all of their expenses (other than intercompany expenses) in their local functional currencies.

At December 31, 2013,2014, we held approximately $98,445$36,202 in cash and cash equivalents, of which, approximately $94,175$33,873 was held by our United States parent in U.S. dollars.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

    Page 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   5853  

Statement of Consolidated Operations and Comprehensive Loss

   5954  

Consolidated Balance SheetsSheet

   6055  

Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows

   6156  

Statement of Changes in Consolidated Stockholders’ / Members’ Equity (Deficit)

   6257  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   6358  

Supplementary Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

   8684  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

The ExOne Company (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetssheet of The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ / members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013.2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the entity’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013,2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ ParenteBeard LLCBaker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

March 20, 201426, 2015

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Statement of Consolidated Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except per-share amounts)

 

For the years ended December 31,

  2013 2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 

Revenue

  $39,480   $28,657  $15,290  

Revenue (Note 17)

  $43,900   $39,480   $28,657  

Cost of sales

   23,907    16,514   11,647     33,443    23,907    16,514  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross profit

   15,573    12,143   3,643     10,457    15,573    12,143  

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

   5,127    1,930   1,531     8,178    5,127    1,930  

Selling, general and administrative (Note 13)

   16,119    18,285   7,286  

Selling, general and administrative

   24,029    16,119    18,285  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
   21,246    20,215   8,817     32,207    21,246    20,215  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss from operations

   (5,673  (8,072)  (5,174   (21,750  (5,673  (8,072

Other expense (income)

    

Other (income) expense

    

Interest expense

   372    842   1,570     144    372    842  

Other income — net

   (98  (221)  (158   (210  (98  (221
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
   274    621   1,412     (66  274    621  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (5,947  (8,693)  (6,586   (21,684  (5,947  (8,693

Provision for income taxes* (Note 16)

   370    995   1,031  

Provision for income taxes* (Note 14)

   159    370    995  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss

   (6,317  (9,688)  (7,617   (21,843  (6,317  (9,688

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

   138    480   420     —      138    480  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(6,455 $(10,168) $(8,037  $(21,843 $(6,455 $(10,168
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share (Note 2):

    

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share (Note 3):

    

Basic

  $(0.51  N/A  N/A  $(1.52 $(0.51  N/A

Diluted

  $(0.51  N/A  N/A  $(1.52 $(0.51  N/A

Comprehensive loss:

        

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(6,455 $(10,168) $(8,037

Net loss

  $(21,843 $(6,317 $(9,688

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (178  46   (107   (7,851  (178  46  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   (6,633  (10,122)  (8,144   (29,694  (6,495  (9,642

Less: Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests

   —      —      —       —      138    480  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to ExOne

  $(6,633 $(10,122) $(8,144  $(29,694 $(6,633 $(10,122
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

*Information not comparable for 2012 and 2011 as a result of the Reorganization of the Company as a corporation on January 1, 2013 (Note 1).

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Balance SheetsSheet

(in thousands, except share and unit amounts)

 

December 31,

 2013  2012 

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 $98,445   $2,802  

Accounts receivable — net

  9,042    8,413  

Inventories — net (Note 4)

  12,764    7,485  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note 5)

  3,237    1,543  

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)

  60    —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

  123,548    20,243  

Property and equipment — net (Note 6)

  32,772    12,467  

(Including amounts attributable to consolidated variable interest entities of $5,567 at December 31, 2012)

  

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)

  —      178  

Other noncurrent assets

  2,115    187  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

 $158,435   $33,075  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Current liabilities:

  

Line of credit (Note 7)

 $—     $528  

Demand note payable to member (Note 8)

  —      8,666  

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 9)

  127    2,028  

(Including amounts attributable to consolidated variable interest entities of $1,913 at December 31, 2012)

  

Current portion of capital and financing leases (Note 10)

  549    920  

Accounts payable

  1,748    2,451  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 11)

  5,394    4,436  

Preferred unit dividends payable

  —      1,437  

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)

  —      178  

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments

  916    4,281  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  8,734    24,925  

Long-term debt — net of current portion (Note 9)

  2,082    5,669  

(Including amounts attributable to consolidated variable interest entities of $3,150 at December 31, 2012)

  

Capital and financing leases — net of current portion (Note 10)

  475    1,949  

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)

  60    —    

Other noncurrent liabilities

  384    491  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  11,735    33,034  

Contingencies and commitments (Note 15)

  

Stockholders’ / Members’ Equity

  

ExOne stockholders’ / members’ equity (deficit):

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 14,387,608 shares issued and outstanding (Note 12)

  144    —    

Additional paid-in capital

  153,363    —    

Accumulated deficit

  (6,455  —    

Preferred units, $1.00 par value, 18,983,602 units issued and outstanding (Note 12)

  —      18,984  

Common units, $1.00 par value, 10,000,000 units issued and outstanding (Note 12)

  —      10,000  

Members’ deficit

  —      (31,355

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (352  (174
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total ExOne stockholders’ / members’ equity (deficit)

  146,700    (2,545

Noncontrolling interests (Note 3)

  —      2,586  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ / members’ equity

  146,700    41  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ / members’ equity

 $158,435   $33,075  
 

 

 

  

 

 

 
    2014  2013 

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $36,202   $98,445  

Accounts receivable — net

   14,238    9,042  

Inventories — net (Note 5)

   17,014    12,764  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   3,138    3,297  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   70,592    123,548  

Property and equipment — net (Note 6)

   55,298    32,772  

Goodwill (Note 7)

   4,665    —    

Other noncurrent assets (Note 7)

   2,875    2,115  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $133,430   $158,435  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Current liabilities:

   

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 9)

  $132   $127  

Current portion of capital and financing leases (Note 10)

   346    549  

Accounts payable

   2,553    1,748  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 11)

   8,424    5,394  

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments

   902    916  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   12,357    8,734  

Long-term debt — net of current portion (Note 9)

   1,950    2,082  

Capital and financing leases — net of current portion (Note 10)

   164    475  

Other noncurrent liabilities

   414    444  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   14,885    11,735  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Contingencies and commitments (Note 12)

   

Stockholders’ equity

   

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 14,417,803 (2014) and 14,387,608 (2013) shares issued and outstanding

   144    144  

Additional paid-in capital

   154,902    153,363  

Accumulated deficit

   (28,298  (6,455

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 2)

   (8,203  (352
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   118,545    146,700  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $133,430   $158,435  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

For the years ended December 31,

 2013  2012  2011 

Operating activities

   

Net loss

 $(6,317 $(9,688) $(7,617

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used for operations:

   

Depreciation (Note 6)

  2,372    1,683   1,170  

Equity-based compensation (Note 13)

  711    7,735   —    

Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of foreign currency translation adjustments:

   
   

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

  (671  (7,077)  1,240  

Increase in inventories

  (8,083  (4,691)  (1,368

Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets

  (4,334  (338)  (438

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable

  (1,100  1,575   (213

Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

  937    1,528   951  

(Decrease) increase in deferred revenue and customer prepayments

  (3,707  (404)  3,839  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used for operating activities

  (20,192  (9,677)  (2,436

Investing activities

   

Capital expenditures (Note 6)

  (19,311  (1,858)  (1,080

Cash effect of deconsolidation of noncontrolling interests in variable interest entities (Note 3)

  (2,327  —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used for investing activities

  (21,638  (1,858)  (1,080

Financing activities

   

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock - initial public offering (Note 1)

  91,083    —      —    

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock - secondary public offering (Note 1)

  64,948    —      —    

Net change in line of credit borrowings (Note 7)

  (528  528   —    

Net change in demand note payable to member (Note 8)

  (9,885  8,629   3,939  

Proceeds from long-term debt (Note 9)

  —      1,194   2,398  

Proceeds from financing leases (Note 10)

  —      3,513   —    

Payments on long-term debt (Note 9)

  (5,488  (1,626)  (808

Payments on capital and financing leases (Note 10)

  (2,162  (437)  —    

Payment of preferred stock dividends

  (456  —      —    

Deferred offering costs (Note 1)

  —      (712)  —    

Deferred financing costs

  —      (78)  —    

Contribution from noncontrolling interests

  —      —      402  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

  137,512    11,011   5,931  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (39  (170)  60  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  95,643    (694)  2,475  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  2,802    3,496   1,021  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 $98,445   $2,802  $3,496  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

   

Cash paid for interest

 $310   $407  $174  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 $1,334   $1,354  $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

   

Property and equipment acquired through financing arrangements

 $282   $2,700  $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transfer of inventories to property and equipment for internal use

 $3,338   $2,001  $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transfer of property and equipment to inventories for sale

 $(534 $(336) $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Conversion of preferred stock dividends payable and accrued interest to principal amounts due under the demand note payable to member (Note 8)

 $1,219   $37  $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reorganization of The Ex One Company, LLC with and into The ExOne Company (Note 1)

 $(2,371 $—     $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncash effect of deconsolidation of noncontrolling interests in variable interest entities (Note 3)

 $(397 $—     $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Preferred unit dividends declared but unpaid

 $—     $1,437  $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reclassification of redeemable preferred units to preferred units (Note 12)

 $—     $18,984  $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Conversion of demand note payable to member to redeemable preferred units (Note 12)

 $—     $—     $18,984  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 2014  2013  2012 

Operating activities

   

Net loss

 $(21,843 $(6,317 $(9,688

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used for operations:

   

Depreciation and amortization

  4,520    2,372    1,683  

Deferred income taxes

  (131  —      —    

Equity-based compensation

  1,206    711    7,735  

Provision for bad debts

  2,391    152    40  

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration

  (185  —      —    

Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions and foreign currency translation adjustments:

   

Increase in accounts receivable

  (7,162  (823  (7,117

Increase in inventories

  (9,098  (8,083  (4,691

Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets

  (377  (4,334  (338

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable

  (97  (1,100  1,575  

Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

  1,861    937    1,528  

Decrease in deferred revenue and customer prepayments

  (17  (3,707  (404
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used for operating activities

  (28,932  (20,192  (9,677

Investing activities

   

Capital expenditures

  (23,081  (19,311  (1,858

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $201

  (9,155  —      —    

Cash effect of deconsolidation of noncontrolling interests in variable interest entities

  —      (2,327  —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash used for investing activities

  (32,236  (21,638  (1,858

Financing activities

   

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock—initial public offering

  —      91,083    —    

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock—secondary public offering

  —      64,948    —    

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

  333    —      —    

Net change in line of credit borrowings

  —      (528  528  

Net change in demand note payable to member

  —      (9,885  8,629  

Proceeds from long-term debt

  —      —      1,194  

Proceeds from financing leases

  —      —      3,513  

Payments on long-term debt

  (465  (5,488  (1,626

Payments on capital and financing leases

  (545  (2,162  (437

Payment of preferred stock dividends

  —      (456  —    

Deferred offering costs

  —      —      (712

Deferred financing costs

  —      —      (78
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash (used for) provided by financing activities

  (677  137,512    11,011  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (398  (39  (170
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  (62,243  95,643    (694

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  98,445    2,802    3,496  
 

��

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 $36,202   $98,445   $2,802  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

   

Cash paid for interest

 $144   $310   $407  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 $916   $1,334   $1,354  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

   

Net assets acquired through acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $201

 $9,530   $—     $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncash consideration for acquisitions

 $375   $—     $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property and equipment included in accounts payable

 $819   $—     $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property and equipment acquired through financing arrangements

 $89   $282   $2,700  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transfer of inventories to property and equipment for internal use

 $5,344   $3,338   $2,001  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Transfer of internally developed 3D printing machines from property and equipment to inventories for sale

 $1,287   $534   $336  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Conversion of preferred stock dividends payable and accrued interest to principal amounts due under the demand note payable to member

 $—     $1,219   $37  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncash effect of Reorganization of The Ex One Company, LLC with and into The ExOne Company

 $—     $2,371   $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncash effect of deconsolidation of noncontrolling interests in variable interest entities

 $—     $397   $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Preferred unit dividends declared but unpaid

 $—     $—     $1,437  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reclassification of redeemable preferred units to preferred units

 $—     $—     $18,984  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Statement of Changes in Consolidated Stockholders’ / Members’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands)

 

 ExOne unitholders / stockholders      ExOne unitholders / stockholders     
 Preferred
units
 Common
units
 Members’
deficit
 Preferred
stock
 Common
stock
 Additional
paid-in capital
 Accumulated
deficit
 Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
 Noncontrolling
interests
 Total
stockholders /
members’
equity
(deficit)
  Preferred
units
 Common
units
 Members’
deficit
  Preferred
stock
 Common
stock
 Additional
paid-in
capital
  Accumulated
deficit
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
  Noncontrolling
interests
  Total
members’ /
stockholders’
equity
(deficit)
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 $—     $10,000   $(19,448 $—     $—     $—     $—     $(113 $1,284   $(8,277

Net loss

  —      —      (8,037  —      —      —      —      —      420    (7,617

Other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (107  —      (107

Contribution from noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      402    402  
 

 

  

 

  

 

��

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  Units $ Units $ Members’
deficit
  Shares $ Shares $ Additional
paid-in
capital
  Accumulated
deficit
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
  Noncontrolling
interests
  Total
members’ /
stockholders’
equity
(deficit)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  —      10,000    (27,485  —      —      —      —      (220  2,106    (15,599  —     $—      10,000   $10,000    —     $—      —     $—     

Preferred unit reclassification (Note 12)

  18,984    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      18,984  

Preferred unit reclassification

  18,984    18,984    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      18,984  

Preferred unit dividends

  —      —      (1,437  —      —      —      —      —      —      (1,437  —      —      —      —      (1,437  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (1,437

Equity-based compensation (Note 13)

  —      —      7,735    —      —      —      —      —      —      7,735  

Equity-based compensation

  —      —      —      —      7,735    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      7,735  

Net loss

  —      —      (10,168  —      —      —      —      —      480    (9,688  —      —      —      —      (10,168  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      480    (9,688

Other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      46    —      46    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      46    —      46  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  18,984    10,000    (31,355  —      —      —      —      (174  2,586    41    18,984    18,984    10,000    10,000    (31,355  —      —      —      —      —      —      (174  2,586    41  

Reorganization of The Ex One Company, LLC with and into The ExOne Company (Note 1)

  (18,984  (10,000  31,355    190    58    (2,619  —      —      —      —    

Reorganization of The Ex One Company, LLC with and into The ExOne Company

  (18,984  (18,984  (10,000  (10,000  31,355    190    190    5,800    58    (2,619  —      —      —      —    

Preferred stock dividends

  —      —      —      —      —      (152  —      —      —      (152  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (152  —      —      —      (152

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock (Note 12)

  —      —      —      (190  20    170    —      —      —      —    

Initial public offering of common stock in The ExOne Company, net of issuance costs (Note 1)

  —      —      —      —      55    90,316    —      —      —      90,371  

Secondary public offering of common stock in The ExOne Company, net of issuance costs (Note 1)

  —      —      —      —      11    64,937    —      —      —      64,948  

Equity-based compensation (Note 13)

  —      —      —      —      —      711    —      —      —      711  

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      (190  (190  1,998    20    170    —      —      —      —    

Initial public offering of common stock in The ExOne Company, net of issuance costs

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      5,483    55    90,316    —      —      —      90,371  

Secondary public offering of common stock in The ExOne Company, net of issuance costs

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1,106    11    64,937    —      —      —      64,948  

Equity-based compensation

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      711    —      —      —      711  

Net loss

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (6,455  —      138    (6,317  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (6,455  —      138    (6,317

Other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (178  —      (178  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (178  —      (178

Deconsolidation of noncontrolling interests in variable interest entities (Note 3)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (2,724  (2,724

Deconsolidation of noncontrolling interests in variable interest entities

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (2,724  (2,724
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 $—     $—     $—     $—     $144   $153,363   $(6,455 $(352 $—     $146,700    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      14,387    144    153,363    (6,455  (352  —      146,700  

Net loss

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (21,843  —      —      (21,843

Other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (7,851  —      (7,851

Equity-based compensation

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1,206    —      —      —      1,206  

Common stock issued from equity incentive plan

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      30    —      333    —      —      —      333  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  —     $—      —     $—     $—      —     $—      14,417   $144   $154,902   $(28,298 $(8,203 $—     $118,545  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands, except per-share, share and unit amounts)

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The ExOne Company (“ExOne”) is a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware. ExOne was formed on January 1, 2013, when The Ex One Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, merged with and into a Delaware corporation, which survived and changed its name to The ExOne Company (the “Reorganization”). As a result of the Reorganization, The Ex One Company, LLC became ExOne, the common and preferred interest holders of The Ex One Company, LLC became holders of common stock and preferred stock, respectively, of ExOne, and the subsidiaries of The Ex One Company, LLC became the subsidiaries of ExOne.

The Company has considered the proforma effects of its Reorganization on the provision for income taxes for 2012 and 2011 in its statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss and concluded that there would be no difference as compared to the amounts reported, principally due to valuation allowances established against net deferred tax assets. In addition, the Company has omitted basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the respective comparative yearsyear as a result of the Reorganization, as the basis for such calculation is no longernot comparable to the current yearsubsequent year’s presentation.

On February 6, 2013, the Company commenced an initial public offering of 6,095,000 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $18.00 per share, of which 5,483,333 shares were sold by the Company and 611,667 were sold by a selling stockholder (including consideration of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Following completion of the offering on February 12, 2013, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $91,996 (net of underwriting commissions).

On September 9, 2013, the Company commenced a secondary public offering of 3,054,400 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $62.00 per share, of which 1,106,000 shares were sold by the Company and 1,948,400 were sold by selling stockholders (including consideration of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Following completion of the offering on September 13, 2013, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $65,315 (net of underwriting commissions).

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ExOne, its wholly-owned subsidiaries, ExOne Americas LLC (United States), ExOne GmbH (Germany), ExOne KK (Japan); effective in August 2013, ExOne Property GmbH (formerly(Germany); effective in March 2014, MWT — Gesellschaft für Industrielle Mikrowellentechnik mbH (Germany); effective in May 2014, ExOne Holding Deutschland GmbH) (Germany), ExOne KK (Japan)Italy S.r.l (Italy) and through March 27, 2013 (see further description below), two variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which ExOne was identified as the primary beneficiary, Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC (“Lone Star”) and Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC (“TMF”). Collectively, the consolidated group is referred to as the “Company”.

At December 31, 2012, and through March 27, 2013, ExOne leased property and equipment from Lone Star and TMF. ExOne did not have an ownership interest in Lone Star or TMF and the assets of Lone Star and TMF could only be used to settle obligations of Lone Star and TMF. ExOne was identified as the primary beneficiary of Lone Star and TMF in accordance with the guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) on the consolidation of VIEs, as ExOne guaranteed certain long-term debt of both Lone Star and TMF and governed these entities through common ownership. This guidance requires certain VIEs to be consolidated when an enterprise has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact VIE economic performance and who has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The consolidated financial statements therefore include the accounts of Lone Star and TMF through March 27, 2013.

On March 27, 2013, ExOne Americas LLC acquired certain assets, including property and equipment (principally land, buildings and machinery and equipment) held by the two VIEs, and assumed all outstanding debt of such VIEs. Following this transaction, neither of the entities continued to meet the definition of a VIE with respect to ExOne, and as a result, the remaining assets and liabilities of both entities were deconsolidated following the transaction.

On February 6, 2013, the Company commenced an initial public offering of 6,095,000 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $18.00 per share, of which 5,483,333 shares were sold by the Company and 611,667 were sold by a selling stockholder (including consideration of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Following completion of the offering on February 12, 2013, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $91,996 (net of underwriting commissions). In addition, the Company incurred associated offering costs of approximately $1,625, including approximately $712 in offering costs previously paid and deferred by the Company at December 31, 2012.

On September 9, 2013, the Company commenced a secondary public offering of 3,054,400 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $62.00 per share, of which 1,106,000 shares were sold by the Company and 1,948,400 were sold by selling stockholders (including consideration of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Following completion of the offering on September 13, 2013, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $65,315 (net of underwriting commissions). In addition, associated offering costs of approximately $1,012 were incurred in connection with this offering. Associated offering costs incurred by the Company in connection with the secondary public offering ($367) were based on its pro-rata sale of shares as compared to selling stockholders, who were responsible for their pro-rata portion ($645).

The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Liquidity

The Company has incurred net losses of approximately $21,843, $6,317 and $9,688 for 2014, 2013 and $7,617 for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Prior to Reorganization the Company operated as a limited liability company and was substantially supported by the continued financial support provided by its majority member. As noted above, in connection with the completion of its initial public offering in February 2013 and secondary public offering in September 2013, the Company received total unrestricted net proceeds from the sale of its common stock of approximately $157,311. Management believes that the unrestricted net proceeds obtained through these transactionsCompany’s existing capital resources will be sufficient to support the Company’s operations through January 1, 2015.2016.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make certain judgments, estimates and assumptions regarding uncertainties that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Areas that require significant judgments, estimates and assumptions include accounting for accounts receivable (including the allowance for doubtful accounts); inventories (including the allowance for slow moving and obsolete inventory); product warranty reserves; income taxes (including the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets); equity-based compensationcompensation; and future cash flowbusiness combinations (including fair value estimates associated withof contingent consideration) and testing for impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets for purposes of impairment testing.assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Foreign Currency

The local currency is the functional currency for significant operations outside of the United States. The determination of the functional currency of an operation is made based upon the appropriate economic and management indicators.

Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into their U.S. dollar equivalents based upon year end exchange rates, and are included in stockholders’ / members’ equity (deficit) as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) income.. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations are charged to operations as incurred, except for gains and losses associated with certain long-term intercompany receivables and payablestransactions for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future, which are included in other comprehensive (loss) income in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

The Company transacts business globally and is subject to risks associated with fluctuating foreign exchange rates. Approximately 63.0%51.9%, 72.8%63.0% and 70.0%72.8% of the consolidated revenue of the Company was derived from transactions outside the United States for 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. This revenue is generated primarily from wholly-owned subsidiaries operating in their respective countries and surrounding geographic areas. This revenue is primarily denominated in each subsidiary’s local functional currency, including the Euro and Japanese Yen.

Revenue Recognition

RevenueThe Company derives revenue from the sale of 3D printing machines and micromachinery and 3D printed and other products, materials and materialsservices. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of title, generally upon shipment. Revenue fromby the performance of production or other contract services is generally recognizedCompany when either the services are performed or the finished product is shipped. Revenue for all deliverables in a sales arrangement is recognized provided that(i) persuasive evidence of a salesan arrangement exists, both title(ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) selling price is fixed or determinable and risk of loss have passed to the customer and collection(iv) collectibility is reasonably assured. Persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists upon execution of a written sales agreement or signed purchase order that constitutes a fixed and legally binding commitment between the Company and its customer. In instances where revenue recognition criteria are not met, amounts are recorded as deferred revenue and customer prepayments in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company enters into sales arrangements that may provide for multiple deliverables to a customer. Sales of 3D printing machines maygenerally include ancillary equipment, materials, installation and training services, the value of a warranty and other optional products and/or production or other contract services (including maintenance, installation or training services. The Company identifies all goodsproducts and services that are to be delivered separately under a salesan arrangement and allocates revenue to each deliverable based on their relative fair values.value. Fair values are generally established based on the prices charged when sold separately by the Company (vendor specific objective evidence). In general, revenues are separated between machines, materials and other services. The allocated revenue for each deliverable is then recognized ratably based on relative fair values of the components of the sale. In the absence of vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence in leading to a relative fair value for a sale component, the Company’s best estimate of selling price is used. The Company also evaluates the impact of undelivered items on the functionality of delivered items for each sales transaction and, where appropriate, defers revenue on delivered items when that functionality has been affected. Functionality is determined to be met if the delivered products or services represent a separate earnings process. Revenue from services

Certain of the Company’s arrangements for 3D printing machines contain acceptance provisions for which the Company must determine whether it can objectively demonstrate that either company-specific or customer-specific criteria identified in such provisions have been met prior to recognizing revenue on the transaction. To the extent that the Company is able to effectively demonstrate that specific criteria are met, revenue is recognized at the time of performance.delivery (generally when title and risk and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer), otherwise revenue is deferred until formal acceptance is provided from the customer.

The Company generally provides customers with a standard twelve month warranty on all machines generally over a period of twelve months from the date of installation at the customer’s site.its 3D printing machines. The warranty is not treated as a separate service because the warranty is an integral part of the sale of the 3D printing machine. At the time of sale, a liability is recorded (with an offset to cost of sales in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss) based upon the expected cost of replacement parts and labor to be incurred over the life of the contract period. After the initial twelve month warranty period, the Company offers its customers optional maintenance service contracts. Deferred maintenance service revenue is recognized when the maintenance services are performed since the Company has historical evidence that indicates that the costs of performing the services under the contract are not incurred on a straight-line basis.

The Company sells equipment with embedded software to its customers. The embedded software is not sold separately and it is not a significant focus of the Company’s marketing effort. The Company does not provide post-contract customer support specific to the software or incur significant costs that are within the scope of FASB guidance on accounting for software to be leased or sold. Additionally, the functionality that the software provides is marketed as part of the overall product. The software embedded in the equipment is incidental to the equipment as a whole such that the FASB guidance referenced above is not applicable. Sales of these products are recognized in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for multiple-element arrangements.

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers for machine sales and sales of materials are included in revenue in the consolidated statement of operations and other comprehensive loss. Costs incurred by the Company associated with shipping and handling are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

TheIn assessing collectibility as part of the revenue recognition process, the Company considers a number of factors in its evaluation of the creditworthiness of the customer, including past due amounts, past payment history, and current economic conditions. If it is determined that collectibility cannot be reasonably assured, the Company will defer recognition of revenue until collectibility is assured. For 3D printing machines, the Company’s terms of sale generally require payment within 30 to 60 days after shipment of a product, although the Company also recognizes that longer payment periods are customary in some countries where it transacts business.vary by transaction. To reduce credit risk in connection with 3D printing machine sales, the Company may, depending upon the circumstances, require certain amounts be prepaid prior to shipment.prepaid. In some

circumstances, the Company may require payment in full for its products prior to shipment and may require international customers to furnish letters of credit. These prepayments are reported as deferred revenue and customer prepayments in the consolidated balance sheets. Productionsheet. For 3D printed and contract servicesother products and materials, the Company’s terms of sale generally require payment within 30 to 60 days after delivery, although the Company also recognizes that longer payment periods are customary in some countries where it transacts business. Service arrangements are generally billed in accordance with specific contract terms generally uponwhich typically correspond to performance of the related services.

The Company has entered into certain contracts for the sale of its products and services with the federal government under fixed-fee, cost reimbursable and time and materials arrangements. With respect to cost reimbursable arrangements with the federal government, the Company generally bills for products and services in accordance with provisional rates as determined by the Company. To the extent that provisional rates billed under these contracts differ from actual experience, a billing adjustment (through revenue) is made in the period in which the difference is identified (generally upon completion of its annual Incurred Cost Submission filing as required by the federal government). For 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, revenues and any adjustments related to these contracts were not significant.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with maturities when purchased of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s policy is to invest cash in excess of short-term operating and debt-service requirements in such cash equivalents. These instruments are stated at cost, which approximates fair value because of the short maturity of the instruments. The Company maintains cash balances with financial institutions located in the United States, Germany, Italy and Japan. The Company places its cash with high quality financial institutions and believes its risk of loss is limited; however, at times, account balances may exceed international and federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses associated with these cash balances.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are reported at their net realizable value. The Company’s estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables is based on the Company’s evaluation of customer accounts with past-due outstanding balances or specific accounts for which it has information that the customer may be unable to meet its financial obligations. Based upon review of these accounts, and management’s analysis and judgment, the Company records a specific allowance for that customer’s accounts receivable balance to reduce the outstanding receivable balance to the amount expected to be collected. The allowance is re-evaluated and adjusted periodically as additional information is received that impacts the allowance amount reserved. At December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $2,431 and $63, respectively. During 2014, 2013 and $83, respectively.2012 the Company recorded provisions for bad debts of approximately $2,391, $152 and $40, respectively, associated with customer balances for which collectibility became uncertain as a result of deteriorating credit quality based on either customer-specific or macroeconomic factors.

Inventories

The Company values all of its inventories at the lower of cost, as determined on the first-in, first-out method or market value. Overhead is allocated to work in progressprocess and finished goods based upon normal capacity of the Company’s production facilities. Fixed overhead associated with production facilities that are being operated below normal capacity are recognized as a period expense rather than being capitalized as a product cost. An allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories is provided based on historical experience and current product demand. These provisions reduce the cost basis of the respective inventoryinventories and are recorded as a charge to cost of sales. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories was approximately $750 and $891, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to twenty-fivethirty-five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of (i) their estimated useful lives or (ii) the estimated or contractual lives of the related leases. Gains or losses from the sale of assets are recognized upon disposal or retirement of the related assets and are generally recorded in cost of sales in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets (asset group) may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is determined by comparing the estimated undiscounted net cash flows of the operations related to the assets (asset group) to their carrying amount. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of the assets (asset group) exceeds the estimated undiscounted net cash flows. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded is calculated as the excess of carrying value of assets (asset group) over their fair value, with fair value determined using the best information available, which generally is a discounted cash flow model. The determination of what constitutes an asset group, the associated undiscounted net cash flows, and the estimated useful lives of assets require significant judgments and estimates by management. No impairment loss was recorded by the Company during 2014, 2013 2012 or 2011.2012.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of acquired entities. Goodwill is not amortized; instead, it is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist (a triggering event) or if a decision is made to sell or exit a business. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include deterioration in general economic conditions, negative developments in equity and credit markets, including a significant decline in an entity’s market capitalization, adverse changes in the markets in which an entity operates, increases in input costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows, or a trend of negative or declining cash flows, among others.

Goodwill is allocated among and evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (an operating segment component). Based on an evaluation of its operational management and reporting structure, the Company has determined that it operates as a single operating segment, operating segment component, and reporting unit.

In reviewing goodwill for impairment, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not (greater than 50%) that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity elects to perform a qualitative assessment and determines that an impairment is more likely than not, the entity is then required to perform a two-step quantitative impairment test (described below), otherwise no further analysis is required however, it will continue to be evaluated at least annually as described above. An entity also may elect not to perform the qualitative assessment and, instead, proceed directly to the two-step quantitative impairment test. The ultimate outcome of the goodwill impairment review for a reporting unit should be the same whether an entity chooses to perform the qualitative assessment or proceeds directly to the two-step quantitative impairment test.

Under the qualitative assessment, various events and circumstances (or factors) that would affect the estimated fair value of a reporting unit are identified (similar to impairment indicators above). These factors are then classified by the type of impact they would have on the estimated fair value using positive, neutral, and adverse categories based on current business conditions. Additionally, an assessment of the level of impact that a particular factor would have on the estimated fair value is determined using high, medium, and low weighting.

Under the two-step quantitative impairment test, the evaluation of impairment involves comparing the current fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill (step 1). The Company determines fair value through a combination of the market approach and income approach. The market approach includes consideration of the Company’s market capitalization (as a single reporting unit entity) along with consideration of other factors that could influence the use of market capitalization as a fair value estimate, such as (i) the existence of a control premium in acquiring all of the outstanding shares of the Company, (ii) current trading multiples of comparable entities in comparison to the Company and (iii) market pricing from comparable merger and acquisition transactions. The income approach includes consideration of present value techniques, principally the use of a discounted cash flow model. The development of fair value under both approaches requires the use of significant assumptions and estimates by management.

In the event the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value (step 1), additional analysis would be required (step 2). The additional analysis (step 2) would compare the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the implied fair value of that goodwill, which may involve the use of valuation experts. The implied fair value of goodwill is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the fair value amounts assigned to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit was acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit represented the purchase price. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to such excess would be recognized, which could significantly and adversely impact reported results of operations.

The Company completed its annual review of goodwill during the fourth quarter of 2014 proceeding directly to the two-step quantitative impairment test. The estimated fair value of the Company’s singular reporting unit was determined to be in excess of its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

Contingent Consideration

The Company records contingent consideration resulting from a business combination at its fair value on the date of acquisition. Each reporting period thereafter, the Company revalues these obligations and records increases or decreases in their fair value as a charge (credit) to selling, general and administrative costs within the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration obligations can result from adjustments to (i) forecast revenues, profitability or a combination thereto or (ii) discount rates. These fair value measurements represent Level 3 measurements, as they are based on significant unobservable inputs.

Product Warranty Reserves

Substantially all of the Company’s 3D printing machines and micromachinery are covered by a warranty, generally overstandard twelve month warranty. At the time of sale, a period of twelve months from the date of installation at the customer’s site. A liability is recorded for future warranty costs(with an offset to cost of sales in the same period in which the related revenue is recognized. The liability isstatement of operations and comprehensive loss) based upon anticipatedthe expected cost of replacement parts and labor coststo be incurred over the life of the contract period. Expected cost is estimated using historical experience.experience for similar products. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of the product warranty reserves based on changes in these factors and records any necessary adjustments if actual experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Future claims experience could be materially different from prior results because of the introduction of new, more complex products, a change in the Company’s warranty policy in response to industry trends, competition or other external forces, or manufacturing changes that could impact product quality. In the event that the Company determines that its current or future product repair and replacement costs exceed estimates, an adjustment to these reserves would be charged to cost of sales in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss in the period such a determination is made. At December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, product warranty reserves were approximately $943$1,543 and $556,$943, respectively, and were included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.sheet.

Income Taxes

Prior to Reorganization, the Company was organized as a limited liability company. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions, the Company was taxed as a partnership and was not liable for income taxes. Instead, earnings and losses were included in the tax returns of its members. Therefore, for periods prior to Reorganization, the consolidated financial statements do not reflect a provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes.

The Company’s subsidiaries in Germany, Italy and Japan are taxed as corporations under the taxing regulations of Germany, Italy and Japan, respectively. As a result, the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss includes a provision for income taxes related to these foreign jurisdictions. Any undistributed earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in the respective subsidiaries.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based upon the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then

measured based upon the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Tax benefits that do not meet the more likely than not criteria are recognized when effectively settled, which generally means that the statute of limitations has expired or that appropriate taxing authority has completed its examination even through the statute of limitations remains open. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities in their respective jurisdictions using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, which may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition. The Company seeks to minimize these risks through regular operating and financing activities and, when the Company considers it to be appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

The Company has entered into interest rate swaps for the purpose of managing risks related to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. The Company has elected not to prepare and maintain the documentation required to qualify for hedge accounting treatment and therefore, all gains and losses (realized or unrealized) related to derivative instruments are recognized as a component of interest expense in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss. Fair value of the interest rate swaps are reported as accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not purchase, hold or sell derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The Company is exposed to credit risk if the counterparties to such transactions are unable to perform their obligations. However, the Company seeks to minimize such risk by entering into transactions with counterparties that are believed to be creditworthy financial institutions.

There were no derivative financial instruments held by the Company at December 31, 2013. Derivative financial instruments held by the Company at December 31, 2012 were not significant.

Taxes on Revenue Producing Transactions

Taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue producing transactions, including sales, excise, value added and use taxes, are recorded on a net basis (excluded from revenue) in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Research and Development

The Company is involved in research and development of new methods and technologies relating to its products. Research and development expenses are charged to operations as they are incurred. The Company capitalizes the cost of materials, equipment and facilities that have alternative future uses in research and development projects or otherwise.

Advertising

Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred, and were not significant for 2014, 2013 2012 or 2011.2012.

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution savings plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the plan, participating employees in the United States may elect to defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings, up to the Internal Revenue Service’s annual contribution limit. The Company makes discretionary matching contributions of 50% of the first 8% of employee contributions, subject to certain Internal Revenue Service limitations. The Company’s matching contributions to the plan were approximately $269, $92 and $90 in 2014, 2013 and $87 in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation expense for equity-based grants using the straight-line attribution method, in which the expense (net of estimated forfeitures) is recognized ratably over the requisite service period based on the grant date fair value. Fair value of equity-based awards is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company recognized total equity-based compensation expense of approximately $1,206, $711 and $7,735 during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was no equity-based compensation expense recognized during 2011.

Recently IssuedAdopted Accounting Guidance

In February 2013,On January 1, 2014, the Company adopted FASB issued guidance changing the requirements of companiesthe Company’s reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These changes require an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the respective line items in net income (loss) if the amount being reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety to net income (loss). For other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income (loss) in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts. These requirements are to be applied to each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). This change becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2014. Other than the additional disclosure requirements, management has determined that the adoption of these changes willdid not have ana significant impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In May 2014, the FASB issued changes to the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. These changes created a comprehensive framework for all entities in all industries to apply in the determination of when to recognize revenue, and, therefore, supersede virtually all existing revenue recognition requirements and guidance. This framework is expected to provide a consistent and comparable methodology for revenue recognition. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract(s), (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract(s), and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, the entity satisfies a performance obligation. These changes become effective for the Company on January 1, 2018, or January 1, 2017, in the event that the Company no longer qualifies as an emerging growth company in accordance with the JOBS Act. Management is currently evaluating the potential impact of these changes on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

In August 2014, the FASB issued changes to the disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. Under GAAP, continuation of a reporting entity as a going concern is presumed as the basis for preparing financial statements unless and until the entity’s liquidation becomes imminent. Even if an entity’s liquidation is not imminent, there may be conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. Because there is no guidance in GAAP about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related note disclosures, there is diversity in practice whether, when, and how an entity discloses the relevant conditions and events in its financial statements. As a result, these changes require an entity’s management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that financial statements are issued. Substantial doubt is defined as an indication that it is probable that an entity will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that financial statements are issued. If management has concluded that substantial doubt exists, then the following disclosures should be made in the financial statements: (i) principal conditions or events that raised the substantial doubt, (ii) management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its

obligations, (iii) management’s plans that alleviated the initial substantial doubt or, if substantial doubt was not alleviated, management’s plans that are intended to at least mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt, and (iv) if the latter in (iii) is disclosed, an explicit statement that there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. These changes become effective for the Company on December 31, 2016. Subsequent to adoption, this guidance will need to be applied by management at the end of each annual period and interim period therein to determine what, if any, impact there will be on the consolidated financial statements of the Company in a given reporting period.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance clarifying the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, aor similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendment requires that unrecognized tax benefits be presented in the consolidated financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, unless certain exceptions exist. This change becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2015. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Note 2. ComputationAccumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table summarizes changes in the components of Net Loss Attributableaccumulated other comprehensive loss:

For the years ended December 31,

  2014   2013   2012 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

      

Balance at beginning of period

  $(352  $(174  $(220

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   (7,851   (178   46  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $(8,203  $(352  $(174
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments consist of (i) the effect of translation of functional currency financial statements (denominated in the Euro and Japanese Yen) to ExOnethe reporting currency of the Company (U.S. Dollar) and (ii) certain long-term intercompany transactions for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future.

There were no tax impacts related to income tax rate changes and no amounts were reclassified to earnings for any of the periods presented.

Note 3. Earnings Per Common Share

The Company presents basic and diluted loss per common share amounts. Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss available to ExOne common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss available to ExOne common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and common equivalent shares outstanding during the applicable period.

The weighted average shares outstanding for 2013 includesinclude (i) 5,800,000 common shares following the exchange of common units in the former limited liability company for common shares in the Company on a 0.58:1.00 basis in connection with the Reorganization of the Company on January 1, 2013, (ii) the issuance of 5,483,333 common shares in connection with the commencement of the initial public offering of the Company on February 6, 2013, (iii) 1,998,275 common shares following the conversion of preferred shares to common shares in the Company on a 9.5:1.0 basis in connection with the closing of the initial public offering of the Company on February 12, 2013, and (iv) the issuance of 1,106,000 common shares in connection with the commencement of the secondary public offering of the Company on September 9, 2013.

The weighted average shares outstanding for 2014 additionally include (i) the issuance of 5,000 shares of common stock to the independent members of the Board of Directors in the form of a stock bonus award on March 20, 2014, (ii) the annual vesting of 6,666 shares of restricted stock during 2014 and (iii) the issuance of 18,529 shares of common stock during 2014 as a result of employee exercises of incentive stock options.

As ExOne incurred a net loss during 2014 and 2013, basic average shares outstanding and diluted average shares outstanding were the same because the effect of potential shares of common stock, consisting ofincluding incentive stock options (215,137 — 2014 and 173,333 — 2013) and unvested restricted stock issued (80,834 — 2014 and 20,000 — 2013), was anti-dilutive.

The information used to compute basic and diluted net loss attributable to ExOne per common share for 2013 was as follows:

 

For the years ended December 31,

  2014   2013 

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(6,455  $(21,843  $(6,455

Less: Preferred stock dividends declared

   (152   —       (152
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net loss available to ExOne common shareholders

  $(6,607  $(21,843  $(6,607
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

   12,838,230     14,411,054     12,838,230  

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share:

      

Basic

  $(0.51  $(1.52  $(0.51

Diluted

   (0.51  $(1.52  $(0.51

The Company has omitted basic and diluted earnings per share for 2012 and 2011 as a result of the Reorganization of the Company (Note 1), as the basis for such calculation is no longernot comparable to currentsubsequent period presentation.

Note 3. 4. Acquisitions

MAM

On March 3, 2014, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary ExOne Americas LLC, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement to acquire (i) substantially all the assets of Machin-A-Mation Corporation (“MAM”), a specialty machine shop located in Chesterfield, Michigan, and (ii) the real property on which the MAM business is located from Metal Links, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company. The total purchase price was approximately $4,917, which includes approximately $4,542 in cash and $375 in contingent consideration in the form of a two-year earn-out provision. The two-year earn-out provision is based on a combination of achievement of revenues and gross profit for the acquired business for which the Company assumed full achievement of both targets for each of the respective years from the date of acquisition.

The following table summarizes the final allocation of purchase price:

Accounts receivable

  $209  

Inventories

   224  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   15  

Property and equipment

   2,998  

Intangible assets

   503  

Goodwill

   1,407  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   5,356  
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable

   56  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   45  

Long-term debt

   338  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   439  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

  $4,917  
  

 

 

 

The allocation of the purchase price to the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed resulted in the recognition of the following intangible assets:

   Amount   Economic Life
(in years)
 

Customer relationships

  $464     7  

Trade name

   24     5  

Noncompetition agreement

   15     3  
  

 

 

   
  $503    
  

 

 

   

Of the $1,407 of goodwill generated as a result of the MAM acquisition, approximately $1,083 will be deductible for income tax purposes. Goodwill associated with the MAM acquisition relates principally to the complementary nature of the assets acquired in relation to the existing business held by the Company in Troy, Michigan, the combination of which is expected to further enhance the post-printing capabilities of ExOne. As the Company operates as a single operating segment (also a single reporting unit), there is no further assignment of goodwill to a reportable segment.

Immediately following the completion of the MAM acquisition, the Company elected to repay all of the long-term debt assumed as part of the transaction. Prepayment penalties associated with this repayment were not significant and no gain or loss was recorded by the Company.

The Company incurred total acquisition-related expenses of approximately $88 in connection with the MAM acquisition, of which $76 was recognized by the Company during 2014 (the remainder recognized during 2013). Acquisition-related expenses are expensed as incurred in accordance with FASB guidance associated with business combination activities, with amounts included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

The results of operations and pro forma effects of the MAM acquisition are not significant relative to the Company and as such, have been omitted.

MWT

On March 6, 2014, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary ExOne GmbH, entered into a Purchase and Assignment Contract to acquire all of the shares of MWT—Gesellschaft für Industrielle Mikrowellentechnik mbH (“MWT”), a pioneer in industrial-grade microwaves with design and manufacturing experience based in Elz, Germany. The total purchase price was approximately €3,500 ($4,814) which was settled in cash on the date of acquisition.

The following table summarizes the final allocation of purchase price:

Cash and cash equivalents

  $201  

Accounts receivable*

   118  

Inventories

   476  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   29  

Property and equipment

   21  

Intangible assets

   1,704  

Goodwill

   3,685  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   6,234  
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable

   128  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   605  

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments*

   195  

Deferred income taxes

   492  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   1,420  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

  $4,814  
  

 

 

 

*Included in accounts receivable and deferred revenue and customer prepayments were amounts due to MWT and the Company at the date of acquisition of approximately $117 and $195, respectively. These amounts were settled between the parties immediately following completion of the acquisition, resulting in no impact to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

The allocation of the purchase price to the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed resulted in the recognition of the following intangible assets:

   Amount   Economic Life
(in years)
 

Unpatented technology

  $1,668     4  

Trade name

   36     4  
  

 

 

   
  $1,704    
  

 

 

   

None of the goodwill associated with the MWT acquisition is deductible for income tax purposes. Goodwill associated with the MWT acquisition relates principally to the complementary nature of the industrial microwave technologies acquired in relation to the existing business held by the Company in Gersthofen, Germany, the combination of which is expected to further enhance the post-printing capabilities of ExOne. As the Company operates as a single operating segment (also a single reporting unit), there is no further assignment of goodwill to a reportable segment.

The Company incurred total acquisition-related expenses of approximately $143 in connection with the MWT acquisition, of which $138 was recognized by the Company during 2014 (the remainder recognized during 2013). Acquisition-related expenses are expensed as incurred in accordance with FASB guidance associated with business combination activities, with amounts included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

The results of operations and pro forma effects of the MWT acquisition are not significant relative to the Company and as such, have been omitted.

Acquisition of Net Assets of Variable Interest EntitiesVIEs

On March 27, 2013, ExOne Americas LLC acquired certain assets, including property and equipment (principally land, buildings and machinery and equipment) held by two VIEs of the Company, TMF and Lone Star, and assumed all outstanding debt of such VIEs.

Payments of approximately $1,900 and $200 were made to TMF and Lone Star, respectively, including a return of capital to the entities of approximately $1,400. These amounts, in addition to cash and cash equivalents balances ($227) held by the VIEs, represent the total cash outflows associated with the transaction. As the parties subject to this transaction were determined to be under common control, property and equipment acquired in the transaction were recorded at their net carrying value on the date of acquisition (approximately $5,400) similar to a pooling-of-interests. As the VIEs were consolidated by the Company in previous periods, no material differences exist due to the change in reporting entity, and as such, no restatement of prior period financial statements on a combined basis is considered necessary. There was no gain or loss or goodwill generated as a result of this transaction, as the total purchase price was equal to the net book value of assets at the VIE level (previously consolidated by the Company). Simultaneous with the completion of this transaction, the Company also repaid all of the outstanding debt assumed from the VIEs, resulting in a payment of approximately $4,700. Subsequent to this transaction, neither TMF or Lone Star continued to meet the definition of a VIE with respect to ExOne, and as a result, the remaining assets and liabilities of both entities were deconsolidated following the transaction, resulting in a reduction to equity (through noncontrolling interest) of approximately $2,700.$2,724.

Note 4.5. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at December 31:

 

  2013   2012   2014   2013 

Raw materials and components

  $6,253    $4,892    $10,838    $6,253  

Work in process

   5,957     2,098     4,221     5,957  

Finished goods

   554     495     1,955     554  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $12,764    $7,485    $17,014    $12,764  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Raw materials and components consist of consumable materials and component parts associated with 3D printing machine manufacturing and support activities. Work in process consists of 3D printing machines, subassemblies and other products in varying stages of completion. Finished goods consist of 3D printing machines and other products prepared for delivery in accordance with customer specifications.

At December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventories was approximately $750$1,241 and $891,$750, respectively, and has been reflected as a reduction to inventories (raw(principally raw materials and components).

Note 5. Prepaid Expenses Included in the allowance for slow-moving and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the followingobsolete inventories at December 31:31, 2014, is approximately $419 associated with the Company’s laser micromachining product line which was discontinued at the end of 2014.

   2013   2012 

Value-added tax (VAT) receivable

  $1,140    $—    

Prepayments to suppliers

   850     559  

Deferred offering costs

   —       712  

Other

   1,247     272  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $3,237    $1,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 6. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

 

  2013 2012 Useful Life
(in years)
   2014   2013   Economic Life
(in years)
 

Land

  $5,216   $778    —      $7,154    $5,216     N/A  

Buildings and related improvements

   6,377    4,941    25     27,031     6,377     35  

Machinery and equipment

   11,452    9,674    3-7     18,510     11,452     3-25  

Other

   2,129    1,450    3-7     4,935     2,129     3-7  
  

 

  

 

    

 

   

 

   
   25,174    16,843      57,630     25,174    

Less: Accumulated depreciation

   (5,096  (5,118    (7,213   (5,096  
  

 

  

 

    

 

   

 

   
   20,078    11,725      50,417     20,078    

Construction-in-progress

   12,694    742      4,881     12,694    
  

 

  

 

    

 

   

 

   

Property and equipment — net

  $32,772   $12,467     $55,298    $32,772    
  

 

  

 

    

 

   

 

   

Machinery and equipment includes assets leased assetsby the Company of approximately $1,282$1,057 and $1,160$1,282 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Machinery and 2012,equipment includes assets leased to customers under operating lease arrangements of approximately $1,371 and $261 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The carrying value of these assets was approximately $844 and $53 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Minimum future rentals of machinery and equipment under non-cancellable arrangements at December 31, 2014, are not significant on the basis of terms of the related contracts.

Depreciation expense was approximately $4,139, $2,372 and $1,683 for 2014, 2013 and $1,170 for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

At December 31, 2012, property and equipment — net, includes $5,567 in assets held by variable interest entities (Note 1). On March 27, 2013, in connection with the acquisition of certain net assets of the Lone Star and TMF variable interest entities, the Company acquired all of the property and equipment associated with the variable interest entities (Note 3).

On August 14, 2013, ExOne Property GmbH entered into a construction services contract with a turnkey provider of construction services for the design and construction of a new manufacturing facility to be located in the Municipality of Gersthofen, Germany. The total cost for construction of the facility (including design services and other building improvements) is estimated at approximately $21,500 (€15,615). At December 31, 2013, construction-in-progress includes total capitalized costs of approximately $10,313 (€7,491) associated with this project.

Note 7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following table details the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $—    

Acquisition of businesses

   5,092  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (427
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $4,665  
  

 

 

 

There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded during 2014 or accumulated impairment losses recorded at December 31, 2014.

Other intangible assets, which are included in other noncurrent assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, were as follows:

December 31, 2014

  Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net 

Unpatented technology

  $1,474    $(307  $1,167  

Customer relationships

   464     (55   409  

Trade names

   56     (11   45  

Noncompetition agreement

   15     (4   11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $2,009    $(377  $1,632  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no intangible assets recorded by the Company at December 31, 2013. Amortization expense related to the intangible assets was approximately $381 for 2014.

Future estimated amortization expense related to the intangible assets at December 31, 2014, is approximately as follows:

2015

  $453  

2016

   453  

2017

   449  

2018

   134  

2019

   67  

Thereafter

   76  
  

 

 

 
  $1,632  
  

 

 

 

Note 8. Line of Credit

The Company has a line of credit and security agreement which provides for short-term borrowings or cash advances (overdrafts) with a German bank collateralized by certain assets of the Company for approximately $1,790$700 (€1,300)600). In addition toAt December 31, 2014, the collateralization of assets against this facility, the line of credit and security agreement was also previously guaranteed by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Company. On July 19, 2013, the bank removed this guarantee from the arrangement. There were no changes to available borrowing capacity or interest rates as a result of the removal of the guarantee.

Of the total amount available under this facility, approximately $688 (€500) is available forrate associated with short-term borrowings or cash advances (overdrafts)was 6.20% (additional amounts beyond available capacity would bear interest at 10.20%). BothThe agreement has an indefinite term and is subject to cancellation by either party at any time upon repayment of short-term borrowings and overdrafts are subject to variable interest rates as determined by the bank. At December 31, 2013, interest rates were 2.59% for short-term borrowings and 6.20% for overdrafts.or cash advances. There is no commitment fee associated with this agreement.

At December 31, 2013,2014, the Company hadidentified that it was not in compliance with the annual equity ratio covenant associated with the line of credit agreement. The Company did not obtain a waiver related to compliance with this annual covenant and believes its borrowing abilities to be restricted on the basis of an event of default under the agreement. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no outstanding short-term borrowings.borrowings or cash advances on the line of credit. Based on the cancellable nature of the agreement, any future requests for short-term borrowings or cash advances under this arrangement would be subject to approval by the bank. Related to the 2014 noncompliance, there were no cross default provisions or related impacts on other lending agreements.

The Company also maintains certain agreements for transactions requiring security (letters of credit or guarantees) with a German bank. At December 31, 2012,2014, the Company had outstanding short-term borrowings of approximately $528 (€400)interest rate associated with transactions requiring security was 1.75%. At December 31, 20132014 and 2012, there were no outstanding overdraft amounts.

Amounts in excess of the amounts available for short-term borrowings and overdrafts are available for additional bank transactions requiring security (i.e. bank guarantees, letters of credit, etc.). Amounts covered under the security agreement accrue interest at 1.75%. There is no charge for unused amounts under the security agreement. At December 31, 2013, and 2012, the Company had transactions guaranteed by the security agreementthese agreements of approximately $1,442 (€1,186) and $982 (€713) and $757 (€573), respectively. Separate from the available capacity under its existing security agreement, the Company was granted additional capacity in August 2013 for a short-term bank guarantee of approximately $1,715 (€1,268) which subsequently expired in October 2013.

Note 8. Demand Note Payable to Member

The Company has received cash advances to support its operations from an entity controlled by the majority member of the former limited liability company (also the Chairman and CEO of the Company). These cash advances accrued interest at 8.0% annually and were payable on demand. The Company formalized these cash advances in the form of a line of credit with the entity in 2012.

At December 31, 2012, the line of credit balance outstanding on these advances, including accrued interest, was approximately $8,666. In January and February 2013, approximately $1,219 in additional amounts (including accrued interest) were added to the outstanding line of credit, including the conversion of preferred stock dividends payable of approximately $1,133 by the principal preferred stockholder (also the majority member of the former limited liability company and Chairman and CEO of the Company) to amounts payable under the line of credit. On February 14, 2013, the Company repaid all outstanding amounts on the line of credit (approximately $9,885) and retired the arrangement.

Note 9. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31:

 

       2013       2012 

ExOne

    

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments of $18 including interest at 4.00% through May 2017 and subsequently, the monthly average yield on U.S. Treasury Securities plus 3.25% for the remainder of the term through May 2027.

  $2,209    $2,334  

Building note payable to an unrelated entity, with monthly payments including interest at 6.00% through June 2014.

   —       300  

Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC

    

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 7.00% through July 2014.

   —       727  

Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC

    

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 3.00% (3.21% at December 31, 2012) through December 2017.

   —       1,193  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at 4.83% through December 2016.

   —       1,056  

Equipment line of credit to a bank, converted to term debt in January 2012; monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (2.96% at December 31, 2012) through December 2016.

   —       886  

Building note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.45% (2.66% at December 31, 2012) through April 2013. Interest is fixed at 6.80% under a related interest rate swap agreement.

   —       760  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (2.96% at December 31, 2012) through January 2014. Interest is fixed at 6.68% under a related interest rate swap agreement.

   —       228  

Equipment note payable to a bank, with monthly payments including interest at one-month BBA LIBOR plus 2.75% (2.96% at December 31, 2012) through April 2013.

   —       213  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,209     7,697  

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

   127     2,028  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $2,082    $5,669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2014   2013 

Building note payable to a bank

  $2,082    $2,209  

On February 14, 2013,Terms of the Company repaid $300 to retire its building note payable to an unrelated entity. There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this early retirementa bank include monthly payments of debt.

On March 27, 2013, in connection withapproximately $18 including interest at 4.00% through May 2017, and subsequently, the acquisition of certain net assetsmonthly average yield on U.S. Treasury Securities plus 3.25% for the remainder of the Lone Star and TMF VIEs (Note 3), the Company assumed and repaid all amounts outstanding on Lone Star and TMF debt (approximately $4,700). There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this early retirement of debt.term through May 2027.

At December 31, 2013,2014, the Company identified that it was not in compliance with the annual cash flow-to-debt service ratio covenant associated with the ExOne building note payable to athe bank. The Company requested and was granted a waiver related to compliance with this annual covenant as of December 31, 20132014 and 2014.2015. Related to the 20132014 noncompliance, there were no cross default provisions or related impacts on other lending agreements.

Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2013,2014, are approximately as follows:

 

2014

  $127  

2015

   132  

2016

   138  

2017

   139  

2018

   143  

Thereafter

   1,530  
  

 

 

 
  $2,209  
  

 

 

 

Prior to deconsolidation, the Company, through its VIEs, entered into certain interest rate swap agreements with a bank. The Company utilized the interest rate swaps for the purpose of managing risks related to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. Under the terms of the agreements, the Company agreed to pay interest at fixed rates and receive variable interest from the counterparty.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the interest rate swaps was a liability of approximately $13. These obligations are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Gains (losses) on interest rate swap contracts are recorded as a component of interest expense in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

2015

  $132  

2016

   138  

2017

   139  

2018

   143  

2019

   151  

Thereafter

   1,379  
  

 

 

 
  $2,082  
  

 

 

 

Note 10. Leases

Capital and Financing Leases

In January 2013, the Company entered into an equipment leasing arrangement with a bank. Terms of the agreement include monthly payments of $5 over a five-year period beginning in January 2013 and a bargain purchase option at the end of the lease term. As a result, this agreement was determined to be a capital lease. The present value of future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 4.4%, was approximately $226 at December 31, 2013.

In November 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a bank for a 3D printing machine. Due to continuing involvement outside of the normal leaseback by the Company, this transaction has been accounted for as a financing lease. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received proceeds of approximately $974 (€737) with repayment of the lease occurring over a three-year period beginning in January 2013. The present value of the future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 6.0%, was approximately $207 (€170) and $468 (€340) and $853 (€646) at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 2012, respectively.

In July 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a related party for a 3D printing machine. Based on the economic substance of the transaction between the parties, this transaction was accounted for as a financing lease. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received proceeds of approximately $1,553 with repayment of the lease occurring over a five-year period beginning in August 2012. On April 4, 2013, the Company settled this financing lease obligation for a cash payment of approximately $1,372 (including accrued interest). There were no prepayment penalties or gains or losses associated with this settlement.

In March 2012, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a bank for a 3D printing machine. Due to continuing involvement outside of the normal leaseback by the Company, this transaction has been accounted for as a financing lease. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company received proceeds of approximately $985 (€739) with repayment of the lease occurring over a three-year period beginning in April 2012. The present value of the future minimum lease payments, including an interest rate of 6.0%, was approximately $60 (€49) and $330 (€239) and $553 (€418) at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In addition, the Company leases certain other equipment and 2012, respectively.vehicles under capital lease arrangements, expiring in various years through 2019.

Future maturities of capital and financing leases at December 31, 2013,2014, are approximately as follows:

 

2014

  $549  

2015

   359    $346  

2016

   59     82  

2017

   57     72  

2018

   —       8  

2019

   2  

Thereafter

   —       —    
  

 

   

 

 
  $1,024    $510  
  

 

   

 

 

Operating

The Company leases various manufacturing and office facilities, machinery and other equipment and vehicles under operating lease arrangements (with initial terms greater than twelve months), expiring in various years through 2020.

Future minimum lease payments of operating lease arrangements (with initial terms greater than twelve months) at December 31, 2014, are approximately as follows:

2015

  $421  

2016

   338  

2017

   275  

2018

   180  

2019

   45  

Thereafter

   22  
  

 

 

 
  $1,281  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under operating lease arrangements was approximately $982, $1,072 and $984 for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note 11. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

 

   2013   2012 

Accrued payroll and related costs

  $1,581    $1,367  

Product warranty reserves

   943     556  

Accrued license fees

   880     748  

Liability for uncertain tax positions

   768     416  

Accrued income taxes

   —       457  

Other

   1,222     892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $5,394    $4,436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 12. Common Units, Preferred Units, Preferred Stock and Common Stock

Common Units

At December 31, 2012, the Company had 10,000,000 common units issued and outstanding.

Net income (loss) was allocated to each common unitholder in proportion to the units held by each common unitholder relative to the total units outstanding. The common unitholders shared the Company’s positive cash flow, to the extent available, which was distributed annually and allocated among the common unitholders in proportion to the units held by each common unitholder relative to the total units outstanding. Common unitholders were entitled to one vote per unit on all matters.

On January 1, 2013, in connection with the Reorganization of the Company (Note 1), common units in the former limited liability company were exchanged for 5,800,000 shares of common stock.

Preferred Units and Preferred Stock

On December 30, 2011, the Company entered into a debt conversion agreement with the majority member of the former limited liability company to convert $18,984 of unpaid principal and interest on a demand note payable to member into redeemable preferred units of the Company in full satisfaction of the indebtedness. Accordingly, 18,983,602 in redeemable preferred units were issued at a conversion price of $1.00 per share.

The preferred units were non-voting limited liability company membership interests, and permitted the majority member (unitholder) to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 8.0% per unit prior to, and in preference to, any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Company’s common units. Dividends on the preferred units accumulated and were payable irrespective of whether the Company had earnings, whether there were funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, and whether dividends were declared.

The Company had the option to redeem all or any number of the preferred units at any time upon written notice and payment to the unitholder of $1.00 plus all accrued but unpaid dividends for each unit being redeemed. The unitholder had the option to convert all or any number of preferred units to common units at the conversion rate of 9.5 preferred units for 1.0 common unit. Preferred units were designed to automatically convert to 1,998,275 common units upon the closing of any initial public offering in which the gross proceeds of the offering exceeded $50,000 provided that the unitholder elected to retain such units. The Company analyzed the conversion feature under the applicable FASB guidance for accounting for derivatives and concluded that the conversion feature did not require separate accounting under such FASB guidance.

Because the unitholder was also the majority member of the Company at December 31, 2011, he had the ability to redeem the preferred units at his option, thus giving the units characteristics of a liability rather than equity. Accordingly, the Company’s preferred units were classified as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, the unitholder had committed to not exercise his redemption rights through January 1, 2013.

In February 2012, the redemption feature on the preferred units was removed by an amendment to the preferred unit agreement. As a result, the preferred units were reclassified at fair value ($18,984) from a liability to equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

In May 2012, the unitholder sold 6,000,000 preferred units to two separate unrelated parties for $1.00 per unit.

On January 1, 2013, in connection with the Reorganization of the Company (Note 1), all of the preferred units in the former limited liability company were exchanged for 18,983,602 shares of preferred stock.

On February 12, 2013, immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering of the Company (Note 1), shares of preferred stock were converted into shares of common stock at a 9.5 to 1.0 basis (1,998,275 shares). Following the conversion, there are no issued or outstanding shares of preferred stock in the Company. Following the closing of the initial public offering of the Company on February 12, 2013, there are 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized at a par value of $0.01 per share and no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013.

Common Stock

Following the closing of the secondary public offering of the Company on September 13, 2013, there are 200,000,000 shares of common stock authorized at a par value of $0.01 per share and 14,387,608 shares issued and outstanding.

The following table summarizes common stock activity:

Common Stock
(number of shares)

Balance at December 31, 2012

—  

Conversion of common units of The Ex One Company, LLC to common stock of The ExOne Company

5,800,000

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock immediately prior to closing of the initial public offering of The ExOne Company

1,998,275

Initial public offering of common stock in The ExOne Company

5,483,333

Secondary public offering of common stock in The ExOne Company

1,106,000

Balance at December 31, 2013

14,387,608

   2014   2013 

Accrued payroll and related costs

  $2,087    $1,266  

Product warranty reserves

   1,543     943  

Accrued sales commissions

   951     315  

Liability for uncertain tax positions

   871     768  

Accrued professional fees

   405     298  

Accrued license fees

   392     880  

Deferred income taxes

   306     —    

Other

   1,869     924  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $8,424    $5,394  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 12. Contingencies and Commitments

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various litigation, claims, and proceedings which have been or may be instituted or asserted from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of any pending or threatened matters will have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

Note 13. Equity-Based Compensation

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

On January 24, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). In connection with the adoption of the Plan, 500,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan, with automatic increases in such reserve available each year annually on January 1 from 2014 through 2023 equal to the lesser of (i) 3.0% of the total outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or (ii) a number of shares of common stock determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan will not exceed 1,992,242 shares, subject to certain adjustments.

On January 24, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized awards of 180,000 incentive stock options (“ISOs”) under the Plan to certain employees, which grants were effective contemporaneously with the initial public offering of the Company at an exercise price determined by the initial offering price ($18.00 per share). These awards vest in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively, and expire on February 6, 2023.

On January 24, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized awards of 10,000 shares of restricted stock ($18.00 per share based on the initial public offering price) under the Plan to certain members of the Board of Directors, which grants were effective contemporaneously with the initial public offering of the Company. These awards vest in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively.

On March 11, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized an award of 10,000 shares of restricted stock ($28.51 per share based on the closing price of shares on the date of grant) under the Plan to an executive of the Company. This award vests in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively.

The following table summarizes the total equity-based compensation expense recognized for all ISOs and restricted stock awards for 2013:issued under the Plan:

 

  2014   2013 

Equity-based compensation expense recognized:

      

ISOs

  $580  

Incentive stock options

  $633    $580  

Restricted stock

   131     376     131  

Stock bonus awards

   197     —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total equity-based compensation expense before income taxes

  $711     1,206     711  

Benefit for income taxes*

   —       —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total equity-based compensation expense net of income taxes

  $711    $1,206    $711  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

*The benefit for income taxes from equity-based compensation has been determined to be $0 based on a full valuation allowanceallowances against net deferred tax assets for 2014 and 2013. In the absence of a full valuation allowance,allowances against net deferred tax assets, the tax benefit derived from equity-based compensation wouldhas been estimated to be approximately $231 and $119 for 2013.2014 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2013,2014, total future compensation expense related to unvested awards yet to be recognized by the Company was approximately $1,332$1,276 for ISOsincentive stock options (“ISOs”) and $334$1,490 for restricted stock awards. Total future compensation expense related to unvested awards yet to be recognized by the Company is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of approximately 2.12.2 years.

Both ISOs and restricted stock awards issued by the Company vest in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant, respectively. Stock bonus awards issued by the Company vested immediately upon issuance.

The fair value of ISOs was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

  2014 2013 

Weighted average fair value per ISO

  $11.03    $9.60   $11.03  

Volatility

   68.70   67.00  68.70

Average risk-free interest rate

   1.07   1.76  1.07

Dividend yield

   0.00   0.00  0.00

Expected term (years)

   6.0     6.0    6.0  

Expected volatility has been estimated based on historical volatilities of certain peer group companies over the expected term of the awards, due to a lack of historical stock prices for a period at least equal to the fact that prior to issuance, the Company was a nonpublic entity.expected term of issued awards. The average risk-free rate is based on a weighted average yield curve of risk-free interest rates consistent with the expected term of the awards. Expected dividend yield is based on historical dividend data as well as future expectations. Expected term has been calculated using the simplified method as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise experience upon which to base an estimate.

The activity for ISOs for the year ended December 31, 2013, was as follows:

 

   Number of
ISOs
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

   —     $—      $—    

ISOs granted

   180,000   $18.00    $11.03  

ISOs forfeited

   (6,667 $18.00    $11.03  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

   173,333   $18.00    $11.03  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

ISOs exercisable

   —     $—      $—    

ISOs expected to vest

   164,852   $18.00    $11.03  
  2014  2013 
  Number of
ISOs
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
  Number of
ISOs
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

  173,333   $18.00   $11.03    —     $—     $—    

ISOs granted

  62,000   $15.74   $9.60    180,000   $18.00   $11.03  

ISOs exercised

  (18,529 $18.00   $11.03    —     $—     $—    

ISOs forfeited

  (1,667 $18.00   $11.03    (6,667 $18.00   $11.03  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

  215,137   $17.35   $10.62    173,333   $18.00   $11.03  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

ISOs exercisable at end of year

  39,804   $18.00   $11.03    —     $—     $—    

ISOs expected to vest at end of year

  166,638   $17.21   $10.53    164,852   $18.00   $11.03  

At December 31, 2013,2014, there was no intrinsic value associated with ISOs exercisable. At December 31, 2014, the aggregate intrinsic value of ISOs expected to vest was approximately $7,000.$62. The weighted average remaining contractual term of ISOs expected to vest at December 31, 2013,2014, was approximately 9.16.8 years. ISOs with an aggregate intrinsic value of approximately $312 were exercised by employees during 2014, resulting in proceeds to the Company from the exercise of stock options of approximately $333. The Company received no income tax benefit related to these exercises. There were no exercises during 2013.

The activity for restricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2013, was as follows:

 

  Shares of
Restricted
Stock
   Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
   2014   2013 

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

   —      $—    
  Shares of
Restricted
Stock
   Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
   Shares of
Restricted
Stock
   Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

   20,000    $23.26     —      $—    

Restricted shares granted

   20,000    $23.26     67,500    $22.69     20,000    $23.26  

Restricted shares vested

   (6,666  $23.26     —      $—    

Restricted shares forfeited

   —      $—       —      $—       —      $—    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

   20,000    $23.26  

Outstanding at end of year

   80,834    $22.78     20,000    $23.26  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Restricted shares vested

   —      $—    

Restricted shares expected to vest

   20,000    $23.26     80,834    $22.78     20,000    $23.26  

Restricted shares vesting during 2014 had a fair value of approximately $282.

Other

In May 2012, the Company’s majority member completed the sale of 300,000 common units of the former limited liability company to another existing member of the former limited liability company for $1.25 per unit. In July and August 2012, the Company’s majority member completed the sale of an additional 1,000,000 common units of the former limited liability company to two executives of the former limited liability company

for $1.25 per unit. The fair value of these common units on each of the respective measurement dates was $7.20 per common unit. The Company recognized compensation expense of approximately $7,735 for the year ended December 31, 2012, in connection with the sale of these common units which has been recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

Determining the fair value of the common units required complex and subjective judgments. The Company used the sale of a similar security in an arms-length transaction with unrelated parties to estimate the value of the enterprise at each of the respective measurement dates, which included assigning a value to the similar security’s

rights, preferences and privileges, relative to the common units. The enterprise value was then allocated to the Company’s outstanding equity securities using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The option pricing required certain estimates to be made, including: (i) the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event (less than one year), (ii) volatility (65.0%) estimated based on historical volatilities of peer group companies, and (iii) a risk-free interest rate (0.2%).

Note 14. License Agreements

The Company has license agreements with certain organizations which require license fee payments to be made on a periodic basis, including royalties on net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables. License fee expenses amounted to approximately $218, $57 and $682 for 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively. License fee expenses are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. At December 31, 2013, accrued license fees were approximately $880 and are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities ($680) and other noncurrent liabilities ($200) in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2012, accrued license fees were approximately $1,015 and are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities ($748) and other noncurrent liabilities ($267) in the consolidated balance sheets.

Included in the license agreements is an exclusive patent license agreement with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (the “MIT Agreement”). Patents covered under the MIT Agreement have expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2021.

On January 22, 2013, the Company and MIT agreed to an amendment of their exclusive patent license agreement (the “Amended MIT Agreement”). The Amended MIT Agreement provides for, among other things, (1) a reduction in the term of the agreement between the Company and MIT from the date of expiration or abandonment of all issued patent rights to December 31, 2016, (2) an increase in the annual license maintenance fees due for the years ended December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2016 from $50 annually to $100 annually, with amounts related to 2013 through 2016 guaranteed by the Company, (3) a settlement of all past and future royalties on net sales of licensed products, processes and consumables for a one-time payment of $200 (paid in March 2013), and (4) a provision for optional extension of the term of the arrangement between the parties for an annual license maintenance fee of $100 for each subsequent year beyond 2016. As a result of the Amended MIT Agreement, the Company recorded a reduction to its accrued license fees at December 31, 2012, of approximately $1,500, with a corresponding reduction to cost of sales.

There were no license fee expenses associated with the Amended MIT Agreement for 2013. License fee expenses, including minimum license maintenance fees and royalties, associated with the MIT Agreement for 2012 and 2011 were ($159), a reduction to cost of sales and $595, respectively. Reimbursement of qualifying patent expenses incurred by MIT were approximately $16, $50 and $11 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Reimbursement of qualifying patent expenses incurred by MIT are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss.

Note 15. Contingencies and Commitments

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various litigation, claims, and proceedings which have been or may be instituted or asserted from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Management does not

believe that the outcome of any pending or threatened matters will have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

The Company leases various manufacturing facilities, office and warehouse spaces, equipment and vehicles under operating lease arrangements, expiring in various years through 2019.

Future minimum lease payments of operating lease arrangements at December 31, 2013, are approximately as follows:

2014

  $791  

2015

   199  

2016

   150  

2017

   125  

2018

   111  

Thereafter

   1  
  

 

 

 
  $1,377  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under operating lease arrangements was approximately $1,072, $984 and $1,057 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 16. Income Taxes

Prior to Reorganization (Note 1) the Company was a limited liability company whereby its members were taxed on a proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Following the merger of The Ex One Company, LLC with and into The ExOne Company, The ExOne Company became a corporation, taxable for federal, state, local and foreign income tax purposes. On January 1, 2013, the Company recorded a net deferred tax asset of approximately $410 based on the difference between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities as of that date. Due to a history of operating losses by the limited liability company, a valuation allowance of 100% of the initial net deferred tax asset was established.

The components of loss before taxes were as follows:

   2014   2013   2012 

United States

  $(15,683  $(9,675  $(12,634

Foreign

   (6,001   3,728     3,941  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

  $(21,684  $(5,947  $(8,693
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes was $370, $995 and $1,031consisted of the following:

   2014   2013   2012 
   Current   Deferred  Total   Current   Deferred   Total   Current   Deferred   Total 

United States

  $—      $20   $20    $—      $—      $—      $—      $—      $—    

Foreign

   290     (151  139     370     —       370     995     —       995  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  $290    $(131 $159    $370    $—      $370    $995    $—      $995  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net benefit for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The provision fordeferred income taxes for 2013 relates entirely to the taxable income of ExOne GmbH (Germany). The benefit from deferred taxes for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was fully offset by changes in the valuation allowance for deferred taxes.2014 includes approximately $54 associated with net operating loss carryforwards.

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. statutory rate of 34.0% to the effective rate of the Company for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

    2013 2012 2011   2014 2013 2012 

U.S. statutory rate (34.0%)

    $(2,022 $(2,956 $(2,239  $(7,373 $(2,022 $(2,956

Unbenefitted limited liability company losses

     —      3,931    1,752     —      —      3,931  

Taxes on foreign operations

     (95  (164  (71   (154  (95  (164

Increase in uncertain tax positions

     323    146    249     210    323    146  

Net change in valuation allowances

     2,029    8    1,290     6,980    2,029    8  

Permanent differences and other

     135    30    50     496    135    30 ��
    

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Provision for income taxes

    $370   $995   $1,031  

Provision for income taxes and effective tax rate

  $159   $370   $995  
    

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Effective tax rate

     106.2  111.5  115.7   (0.7%)    (6.2%)    (11.5%)  
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

The components of net deferred income tax assets and net deferred income tax liabilities were as follows:

 

 December 31,
2013
 January 1,
2013
(Reorganization)
 December 31,
2012
   2014   2013 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):

   

Deferred tax assets

    

Accounts receivable

 $23   $31   $—      $836    $23  

Inventories

  452    (40  (434   300     452  

Property and equipment

   403     820  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  591    562    143     849     591  

Deferred revenue and customer prepayments

  25    1,851    1,912  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   7,375     2,694  

Tax credit carryforwards

   765     874  

Other

  (1  10    250     1,012     266  

Valuation allowance

  (1,030  (2,429  (2,049   (11,069   (5,172
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  60    (15  (178

Total deferred tax assets

   471     548  

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Other

   (794   (548
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):

   

Total deferred tax liabilities

   (794   (548
  

 

   

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

  2,694    431    431  

Tax credit carryforwards

  874    —      —    

Property and equipment

  820    691    599  

Other

  (306  342    567  

Valuation allowance

  (4,142  (1,449  (1,419

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $(323  $—    
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  (60  15    178  
 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilties)

 $—     $—     $—    
 

 

  

 

  

 

 

The Company has provided a valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets as a result of the Company not generating consistent net operating profits. As such, any benefit from deferred taxes in any of the periods presented has been fully offset by changes in the valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets. The Company continues to assess its future taxable income by jurisdiction based on (i) recent historical operating results, (ii) the expected timing of reversal of temporary differences, (iii) various tax planning strategies that the Company may be able to enact in future periods, (iv) the impact of potential operating changes on the business and (v) forecast results from operations in future periods based on available information at the end of each reporting period. To the extent that the Company is able to reach the conclusion that deferred tax assets are realizable based on any combination of the above factors, a reversal of existing valuation allowances may occur.

The following table summarizes changes to the Company’s valuation allowances for the years ended December 31:

 

  2013 2012   2014   2013 

Beginning balance

  $3,468   $3,636    $5,172    $3,468  

Increase to allowances*

   2,029    8  

Foreign currency

   (325  (176

Increase to allowances

   6,980     2,029  

Foreign currency translation and other adjustments

   (1,083   (325
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Ending balance

  $5,172   $3,468    $11,069    $5,172  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

The increase to allowances for 2013 includes approximately $410 associated with the allowance recorded against the initial net deferred tax asset resulting from the formation of the The ExOne Company as a corporation, taxable for federal, state, local and foreign income tax purposes on January 1, 2013.

*The increase to allowances for 2013 includes approximately $410 associated with the allowance recorded against the initial net deferred tax asset resulting from the formation of the The ExOne Company as a corporation, taxable for federal, state, local and foreign income tax purposes on January 1, 2013.

At December 31, 2013,2014, the Company had approximately $4,897$3,976 and $13,429 in net operating loss carryforwards which expire in 2033 and $8742034, respectively, and $765 in tax credit carryforwards which expire in 2023, to offset the future taxable income of its United States subsidiary. At December 31, 2013,2014, the Company had approximately $2,142$2,045 in net operating loss carryforwards which expire from 20142015 through 2020,2023, to offset the future taxable income of its Japanese subsidiary. At December 31, 2013,2014, the Company had approximately $135$4,214 in net operating loss carryforwards which do not expire, to offset the future taxable income of its collective German property subsidiary.and Italian subsidiaries.

The Company has a liability for uncertain tax positions related to certain capitalized expenses and intercompany transactions. At December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the liability for uncertain tax positions was approximately $768$871 and $416,$768, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.sheet. In addition, at December 31, 2013 and 2012,2014, the Company had a liability for uncertain tax positions related to its ExOne GmbH (Germany) and ExOne KK (Japan) subsidiaries of approximately $195 and $159, respectively, which were fully offset against net operating loss carryforwards of the Company’s Japaneserespective subsidiaries. At December 31, 2013, the Company had a liability for uncertain tax positions related to its ExOne KK (Japan) subsidiary wasof approximately $93, and $94, respectively, andwhich was fully offset against net operating loss carryforwards of this subsidiary.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31 was as follows:

 

  2013   2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 

Beginning balance

  $416    $264    $15    $768    $416    $264  

Increases related to current year tax positions

   323     146     249     210     323     146  

Foreign currency

   29     6     —    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (107   29     6  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Ending balance

  $768    $416    $264    $871    $768    $416  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The Company includes interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States (effective January 1,in 2013), Germany, Italy (effective in 2014) and Japan. In Germany,The following table summarizes tax years remaining subject to examination for each of the Company’s 2010 through 2013 tax years remain subjectsubsidiaries at December 31, 2014:

Jurisdiction

Tax Years
Remaining Subject
to Examination

United States

2013-2014

Germany

2011-2014

Italy

2014

Japan

2005-2014

Note 15. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to examination. In Japan,sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions and credit risk.

The Company applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical investments that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2Inputs include:
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;
Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;
Inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company is required to disclose its estimate of the fair value of material financial instruments, including those recorded as assets or liabilities in its consolidated financial statements, in accordance with GAAP.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s 2005liabilities measured on a recurring basis by level:

    Level   2014   2013 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

      

MAM contingent consideration

   3    $190    $—    

The fair value of contingent consideration associated with the MAM acquisition is determined by using certain forecasts of future profitability of MAM (an unobservable input). The valuation technique utilized by the Company with respect to this instrument is a discounted cash flow model, principally based on the assumption of achievement of the profitability targets stipulated in the earn-out provision. Future expected payments have been discounted using a market interest rate assumption.

Terms of the earn-out provision require minimum achievement of revenues and gross profit for the year ended December 31 as follows:

   2014*   2015 

Revenue

  $2,490    $3,500  

Gross profit

  $623    $875  

*For 2014, targets are representative of revenues and gross profit for the period from the date of acquisition (March 3, 2014) through December 31, 2014.

During 2014, the Company recorded net changes in the fair value of contingent consideration issued in connection with the MAM acquisition of approximately $185, with a corresponding amount recorded to selling, general and administrative expenses. Changes in contingent consideration recorded by the Company during 2014 are based on (i) revisions of estimates of revenue and gross profit for MAM for the period from acquisition (March 3, 2014) through December 31, 2014 (resulting in a credit to selling, general and administrative expenses of approximately $195), and (ii) the impact of discounting future cash payments on the associated liabilities (resulting in a charge to selling, general and administrative expense of approximately $10).

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments:

   2014   2013 

Beginning balance

  $—      $—    

Purchases

   —       —    

Sales

   —       —    

Issuances

   375     —    

Settlements

   —       —    

Realized (gains) losses

   (195   —    

Unrealized (gains) losses

   10     —    

Transfers into Level 3

   —       —    

Transfers out of Level 3

   —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $190    $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The carrying values and fair values of other financial instruments (assets and liabilities) not required to be recorded at fair value were as follows:

   2014   2013 
   Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $36,202    $36,202    $98,445    $98,445  

Current portion of long-term debt

  $132    $132    $127    $127  

Current portion of capital and financing leases

  $346    $346    $549    $549  

Long-term debt — net of current portion

  $1,950    $2,022    $2,082    $1,666  

Capital and financing leases — net of current portion

  $164    $164    $475    $475  

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, current portion of long-term debt and current portion of capital and financing leases approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. Cash and cash equivalents are classified in Level 1; current portion of long-term debt, current portion of capital and financing leases, long-term debt — net of current portion and capital and financing leases – net of current portion are classified in Level 2.

Note 16. Customer Concentrations

During 2014, 2013 tax years remain subject to examination.and 2012, the Company conducted a significant portion of its business with a limited number of customers. For 2014, 2013 and 2012 the Company’s five most significant customers represented approximately 23.1%, 25.5% and 31.7% of total revenue, respectively. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, accounts receivable from the Company’s five most significant customers were approximately $6,326 and $5,912, respectively.

Note 17. Fair Value MeasurementsRelated Party Transactions

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value,In December 2014, the Company considersentered into a sale agreement for a 3D printing machine with a related entity under common control by the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transactChairman and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions and credit risk.

The Company applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical investments that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2Inputs include:
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;
Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;
Inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means.
Level 3Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company is required to disclose its estimateCEO of the fair value of material financial instruments, including those recorded as assets or liabilities in its consolidated financial statements, in accordance with GAAP.

The following table sets forthCompany. Total consideration for the fair value of the Company’s liabilities measured on a recurring basis by level at December 31:

    Level   2013   2012 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

      

Interest rate swap liability

   2    $—      $13  

The fair value of the interest rate swap liability is determined by using a discounted cash flow model using observable inputs from the related forward interest rate yield curves with the differential between the forward rate and the stated interest rate of the instrument discounted back from the settlement date of the contracts to the respective balance sheet date. As this model utilizes observable inputs and does not require significant management judgment it has been determined to be a Level 2 financial instrument in the fair value hierarchy.

Prior to redemption during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the fair value of the Company’s redeemable preferred units was estimated based on unobservable inputs, including the present value of the Company’s demand note payable to member immediately prior to conversion. As this estimate utilized unobservable inputs and required significant management judgment it3D printing machine (approximately $1,000) was determined to be a Level 3 financial instrumentrepresent an arms length selling price and was approved prior to execution by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company recorded revenue of approximately $815 on this sale during 2014 (with the remainder deferred until 2015). During 2014, additional sales of products and/or services to related entities, both individually and in the fair value hierarchy.aggregate, were not significant.

The following table sets forth a summaryDuring 2013 and 2012, the Company provided various services to several related entities under common control by the Chairman and CEO of changesthe Company, primarily in the fair valueform of accounting, finance, information

technology and human resource outsourcing, which were reimbursed by the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments:related entities. The cost of these services was approximately $133 and $281 for 2013 and 2012, respectively. The provision of these services was discontinued by the Company in 2013.

   2013   2012 

Beginning balance

  $—      $18,984  

Realized gains (losses)

   —       —    

Unrealized gains (losses)

   —       —    

Purchases

   —       —    

Sales

   —       —    

Issuances

   —       —    

Settlements

   —       (18,984

Transfers into Level 3

   —       —    

Transfers out of Level 3

   —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $—      $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The carrying values and fair values of other financial instruments (assets and liabilities) not required to be recorded at fair valueAmounts due from related entities at December 31, 2014 and 2013, were as follows:not significant.

In December 2014, the Company entered into a consulting arrangement with Hans J. Sack who was subsequently appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company on December 17, 2014. Total consideration under the consulting arrangement is approximately $75, of which $25 was included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of consolidated operations and comprehensive loss for 2014 based on the services rendered. In connection with his appointment to the Board of Directors of the Company, approval of this arrangement under company policy for related party transactions was granted.

   2013   2012 
    Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Value
   Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $98,445    $98,445    $2,802    $2,802  

Line of credit

  $—      $—      $528    $528  

Demand note payable to member

  $—      $—      $8,666    $8,666  

Current portion of long-term debt

  $127    $127    $2,028    $2,028  

Current portion of capital and financing leases

  $549    $549    $920    $920  

Long-term debt — net of current portion

  $2,082    $1,666    $5,669    $7,880  

Capital and financing leases — net of current portion

  $475    $475    $1,949    $1,949  

Separate from the consulting agreement described above, the Company has purchased certain raw materials and components, website design services and the corporate use of an airplane and leased office space from related entities under common control by the Chairman and CEO of the Company. The carrying amountscost of cashthese products and/or services was approximately $90, $185 and cash equivalents, line$149 for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. None of credit, demand note payable to member, current portionthe transactions met a threshold requiring review and approval by the Board of long-term debt and current portionDirectors of financing leases approximate fair valuethe Company.

Amounts due to their short-term maturities. Cashrelated entities at December 31, 2014 and cash equivalents are classified in Level 1; Line2013, were not significant.

During 2014, the Company also received the benefit of credit, demand note payable to member,

current portionthe corporate use of long-term debt, current portionan airplane from a related entity under common control by the Chairman and CEO of capital and financing leases, long-term debt — netthe Company for no consideration. The value of current portion and capital and financing leases — net of current portion are classified in Level 2.this benefit was not significant.

Note 18. Segment, Product and Geographic Information

The Company manages its business globally in a singular operating segment in which it develops, manufactures and markets 3D printing machines, 3D printed and micromachinery, printedother products, materials and other services. Geographically, the Company conducts its business through wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United States, Germany, Italy and Japan.

Revenue by product for the year ended December 31 was as follows:

 

   2013   2012   2011 

3D printing machines and micromachinery

  $24,851    $15,668    $5,406  

3D printed products, materials and other services

   14,629     12,989     9,884  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $39,480    $28,657    $15,290  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company conducted a significant portion of its business with a limited number of customers. For 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company’s five most significant customers represented approximately 25.5%, 31.7% and 40.9% of total revenue, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, accounts receivable from the Company’s five most significant customers were approximately $5,912 and $1,671, respectively.

   2014   2013   2012 

3D printing machines

  $22,792    $24,851    $15,668  

3D printed and other products, materials and services

   21,108     14,629     12,989  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $43,900    $39,480    $28,657  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Geographic information for revenue for the year ended December 31 was as follows (based on the country where the sale originated):

 

  2013   2012   2011   2014   2013   2012 

United States

  $14,596    $7,802    $4,587    $21,115    $14,596    $7,802  

Germany

   14,744     13,956     5,678     18,118     14,744     13,956  

Japan

   10,140     6,899     5,025     4,623     10,140     6,899  

Italy

   44     —       —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $39,480    $28,657    $15,290    $43,900    $39,480    $28,657  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Geographic information for long-lived assets at December 31 was as follows (based on the physical location of assets):

 

  2013   2012   2014   2013 

United States

  $13,257    $9,592    $20,334    $13,257  

Germany

   18,219     2,550     28,522     18,219  

Japan

   1,296     325     4,978     1,296  

Italy

   1,464     —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
  $32,772    $12,467    $55,298    $32,772  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Note 19. Related Party TransactionsSubsequent Events

The Company has provided various servicesevaluated all of its activities and concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes to several related entitiesthe consolidated financial statements, except as described below.

On February 6, 2015, the Board of Directors authorized an aggregate award of 17,500 shares of restricted stock under common control by the Chairman and CEO2013 Equity Incentive Plan to certain members of the Company, primarily inBoard of Directors. These awards vest on the formone year anniversary of accounting, finance, information technology and human resource outsourcing, which are reimbursed by the related entities. The costdate of these services was approximately $133, $281 and $210 forgrant. Separately, on March 16, 2015, the Board of Directors authorized an award of 5,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2013 2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition, the Company has purchased certain items on behalf of related parties under common control by the Chairman and CEOEquity Incentive Plan to an executive of the Company. This practice was discontinued byThese awards vest in one-third increments on the Company in early 2013. Amounts due from these related entities at December 31, 2013first, second and 2012, were not significant.third anniversaries of the date of grant, respectively.

The Company has received design services and the corporate use of an airplane from related entities under common control by the Chairman and CEO of the Company. The cost of these services was approximately $185, $149 and $23 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amounts due to these related entities at December 31, 2013 and 2012, were not significant.

In addition to the transactions identified above, in connection with the secondary public offering of shares of common stock (Note 1) of the Company completed on September 13, 2013, total associated offering costs of approximately $1,012 were incurred, a portion of which ($645) were reimbursable to the Company from other selling stockholders (each selling stockholder separately qualifying as a related party and consisting principally of entities controlled by the Chairman and CEO of theExOne Company and other executives of the Company) based on their pro-rata participation Subsidiaries

Supplemental Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

(in the offering. Amounts reimbursable from selling stockholders were subsequently settled with the Company.thousands, except per-share amounts)

   For the Quarter Ended 
   December 31,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  March 31,
2014
 

Revenue

  $15,765   $9,649   $11,201   $7,285  

Gross profit

  $3,855   $2,487   $2,496   $1,619  

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(7,200 $(4,451 $(4,665 $(5,527

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share*:

     

Basic

  $(0.50 $(0.31 $(0.32 $(0.38

Diluted

  $(0.50 $(0.31 $(0.32 $(0.38

   For the Quarter Ended 
   December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  March 31,
2013
 

Revenue

  $10,695   $11,621   $9,230   $7,934  

Gross profit

  $3,303   $5,251   $4,181   $2,838  

Net loss attributable to ExOne

  $(3,197 $(224 $(1,120 $(1,914

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share*:

     

Basic

  $(0.22 $(0.02 $(0.08 $(0.20

Diluted

  $(0.22 $(0.02 $(0.08 $(0.20

*Per-share amounts are calculated independently for each quarter presented; therefore the sum of the quarterly per-share amounts may not equal the per-share amounts for the year.

Note 20. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all of its activities and concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, except as described below.

On January 2, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized awards of 7,500 shares of restricted stock under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to three executives of the Company. These awards vest in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively. Separately, on March 20, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized awards under the Plan of 5,000 shares of restricted stock to an executive of the Company and an aggregate of 5,000 shares of stock bonus awards to members of the Board of Directors. The restricted stock award to the executive of the Company vests in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively. The stock bonus awards granted to the Board of Directors vest immediately upon issuance.

On March 3, 2014, ExOne Americas LLC purchased (i) substantially all the assets of Machin-A-Mation Corporation (“Machin-A-Mation”), a specialty machine shop located in Chesterfield, Michigan, and (ii) the real property on which Machin-A-Mation’s business is located for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5,000.

On March 6, 2014, ExOne GmbH acquired all of the shares of MWT-Gesellschaft für Industrielle Mikrowellentechnik mbH (“MWT”), a pioneer in industrial grade microwaves with design and manufacturing experience based in Elz, Germany, for approximately $4,800.

The ExOne Company and Subsidiaries (formerly The Ex One Company, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Supplemental QuarterlyItem 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Information (unaudited)Disclosure.

(in thousands, except per-share amounts)None.

   For the Quarter Ended 
   December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  March 31,
2013
 

Revenue

  $10,695   $11,621   $9,230   $7,934  

Gross profit

   3,303    5,251    4,181    2,838  

Net loss attributable to ExOne

   (3,197  (224  (1,120  (1,914

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share*:

     

Basic

  $(0.22 $(0.02 $(0.08 $(0.20

Diluted

   (0.22  (0.02  (0.08  (0.20

   For the Quarter Ended 
   December 31,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  March 31,
2012
 

Revenue

  $12,744   $8,515   $4,676   $2,722  

Gross profit

   6,248    3,556    1,523    816  

Net income (loss) attributable to ExOne

   902    (5,932  (3,609  (1,529

Net loss attributable to ExOne per common share*:

     

Basic

   N/A**   N/A**   N/A**   N/A** 

Diluted

   N/A**   N/A**   N/A**   N/A** 

*Per-share amounts are calculated independently for each quarter presented; therefore the sum of the quarterly per-share amounts may not equal the per-share amounts for the year.

**Information not comparable as a result of the Reorganization of the Company as a corporation on January 1, 2013 (Note 1).

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013.2014. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, management concluded as of December 31, 20132014 that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable assurance level due to material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which are described below.

In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013,2014, we concluded that there are material weaknesses in the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as defined in SEC Regulation S-X. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A description of the identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting areis as follows:

The design and operating effectiveness of internal controls related to our financial reporting process were not sufficient to allow for accurate and timely reporting of our consolidated financial results. We did not maintain adequate control with respect to the application of GAAP. This was principally due to a lack of personnel with adequate knowledge and experience in GAAP. As a result, we recorded certain manual, post-close adjustments in order to prepare the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The design and operating effectiveness of internal controls related to our information technology systems was not sufficient to allow for accurate and timely reporting of our consolidated financial results.Each of our primary locations (United States, Germany, Italy and Japan) utilizes separate and distinct information technology platforms to record, process and summarize transactions. As a result, our process to consolidate and report financial information is substantially a manual process and inherently subject to error.

The design and operating effectiveness of internal controls related to our consolidation process and management’s review of our consolidated financial results did not operate at a level of precision sufficient to allow for accurate and timely reporting of our consolidated financial results.Our consolidation process is substantially a manual process and inherently subject to error. Further, because of internal control weaknesses identified with respect to our financial reporting process and information technology systems, management was unable to complete an adequate review of either subsidiary or consolidated financial results at a sufficient level of precision to prevent or detect misstatements. As a result, we recorded certain manual, post-close adjustments in order to prepare the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Accordingly, even effective controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.2014. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) inInternal Control-Integrated Framework(2013). Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20132014 due to the existence of identified material weaknesses (as further described above).weaknesses.

As a result of material weaknesses, we performed additional analysis and other post-closing procedures to ensure our consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, management believes that the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

As an emerging growth company, we are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation report from our independent registered public accounting firm on the assessment of our internal controls pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 until 2018, or such time that we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company in accordance with the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

With the oversight of senior management and our audit committee, we have put into place a comprehensive plan to remediate the underlying causes of the identified material weaknesses. Our plan throughout 2014 and into 2015 is to continue to take additional steps and additionalimplement measures to remediate the underlying causes of the identified material weaknesses including (i) enhancing our global accounting and reporting process by designing and strengthening the operating effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) evaluating our information technology systems to further integrate existing systems or invest in improvements to our technology sufficient to generate accurate and timely financial information and (iii) adding financial personnel with adequate knowledge and experience in GAAP.including:

(i)Enhancing our global accounting and reporting process (including our global consolidation of financial information) by redesigning and strengthening the operating effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. This includes a detailed review of our existing processes by our Director of Internal Audit and Controls (hired in June 2014), improvements to the design of our internal controls (including conversion of historically manual control activities to automated control activities), updating documentation related to our business process flows, internal testing of operating effectiveness of our controls and remediation activities, as necessary.

(ii)Evaluating our information technology systems to further integrate existing systems or invest in improvements to our technology sufficient to generate accurate and timely financial information. This includes our ongoing process to enhance our global ERP systems with the goal of a simple, common and global platform for processing, recording and analyzing financial and operational data.

(iii)Continuing to add financial personnel with adequate knowledge and experience in GAAP. During 2014, we added several personnel with extensive GAAP experience and redesigned our reporting structure and responsibilities to enhance the review of financial information for both internal financial analysis and external financial reporting. We expect to continue this process during 2015.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors,10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers and Directors of ExOne,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance”Governance — Audit Committee” and “Audit Committee Report”“Corporate Governance — Code of Ethics and Business Conduct” in our definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2014,4, 2015, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.2014.

 

Item 11.Item 11.Executive Compensation.

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the information under the captioncaptions “Compensation of Named Executive Officers”Officers,” “Director Compensation,” and “Corporate Governance — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2014,4, 2015, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.2014.

 

Item 12.Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference from the information (i) under the caption “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” on page 35in Part II Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and (ii) under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2014,4, 2015, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.2014.

 

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Independence of the Board of Directors”Directors and Committees” and “Transactions with Related Persons” in our definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2014,4, 2015, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.2014.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Fees”“Audit Fees and Services” in our definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2014,4, 2015, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.2014.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)(1) Financial Statements

See Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange CommissionSEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The Exhibits listed on the accompanying Index to Exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

The ExOne Company
By: /s/ S. Kent Rockwell
 S. Kent Rockwell
 Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 20, 201426, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Date

 

Title

/s/ S. Kent Rockwell  

March 20, 201426, 2015

 

Chief Executive Officer; Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Brian W. Smith  

March 20, 201426, 2015

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ David J. Burns  

March 20, 201426, 2015

 President and Chief Operating Officer
And Director
/s/ John Irvin  

March 20, 201426, 2015

 Director
/s/ Raymond J. Kilmer  

March 20, 201426, 2015

 Director
/s/ Victor Sellier  

March 20, 201426, 2015

 Director
/s/ Lloyd A. Semple  

March 20, 201426, 2015

 Director
/s/ Bonnie K. Wachtel  

March 20, 201426, 2015

 Director

EXHIBIT INDEX

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(A) Exhibits:

 

Exhibit

Number

  Description  Method of Filing
2.1  Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 27, 2013 between the Company and Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 toForm 8-K (#001-35806) filed on March 29, 2013.
2.2  Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 27, 2013 between the Company and Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 toForm 8-K (#001-35806) filed on March 29, 2013.
2.3  Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 3, 2014 by and between ExOne Americas LLC, Machin-A-Mation Corporation, Metal Links, LLC and William Dega.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K (#001-35806) filed on March 7, 2014.
2.4  Purchase and Assignment Contract, dated March 6, 2014, between Reinhard Schulze and ExOne GmbH.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 toForm 8-K (#001-35806) filed on March 7, 2014.
2.5Real Estate Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2014, by and between Dusty YK and ExOne KK.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 toForm 8-K (#001-35806) filed on June 2, 2014.
3.1  Certificate of Incorporation.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 toForm S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
3.2  Amended and Restated Bylaws.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 toForm 8-K (#001-35806) filed on March 29, 2013.
3.3  Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 toForm 8-K (#001-35806) filed on August 20, 2013.
4.1  Form of Stock Certificate.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 28, 2013.
10.01.0110.1  Amended and Restated Exclusive Patent License Agreement dated January 1, 2011, by and between Massachusetts Institute of Technology and The Ex One Company, LLC.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01.01 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013.
10.01.0210.2      First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, by and between Massachusetts Institute of Technology and The Ex One Company, LLC.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01.02 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013.

Exhibit

Number

  Description  Method of Filing
10.210.3  Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2012, by and between the Company and S. Kent Rockwell.*  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.310.4  Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2012, by and between the Company and David Burns.*  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.4Employment Agreement, dated August 1, 2012, by and between the Company and John Irvin.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.5  Employment Agreement dated August 21, 2003, by andDecember 23, 2013 between Prometal RCTthe ExOne Company and Rainer Hoechsmann (translated from German).Hoechsmann.*  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.510.1 to

Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933)8-K (#001-35806) filed on January 8,December 23, 2013.

10.6  Letter amending Managing Director Contract dated December 23, 2013 between the ExOne Company and Rainer Hoeschmann.*

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to

Form 8-K (#001-35806) filed on December 23, 2013.

10.7Employment Agreement, dated March 9, 2012, from7, 2013, by and between the Company and JoEllen Lyons Dillon.*

Incorporated by reference to Rainer Hoechsmann (translatedExhibit 10.17 to

Form 10-K (#001-35806) filed on March 29, 2013.

10.8Letter dated March 16, 2015 from German).The ExOne Company to Hans J. Sack.*  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.610-.1 to Current Report on Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933)8-K (#001-35806) filed on January 8, 2013.March 16, 2015.
10.07.0110.9  2013 Equity Incentive Plan.*  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07.01 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013.
10.07.0210.10Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.*Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8(No. 333-187053) filed on March 5, 2013.
10.11  Form of Award Agreements under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.*  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07.02 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013.
10.810.12  Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC Equipment Lease.Form of Stock Bonus Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.*  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.810.26 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933)10-K (#001-35806) for year ended December 31, 2013 filed on January 8, 2013.March 20, 2014.
10.910.13  Lone Star Metal Fabrication, LLC Building Lease.2015 ExOne Umbrella Annual Incentive Plan under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.*  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.Filed herewith.
10.10.01Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Equipment Lease October 1, 2011.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.01 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.10.02Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Equipment Lease December 31, 2012.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.02 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.10.03Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Equipment Lease May 31, 2008.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.03 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.10.04Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Equipment Lease February 1, 2009.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.04 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.10.05Troy Metal Fabrication, LLC Equipment Lease May 31, 2008.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.05 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.

Exhibit

Number

DescriptionMethod of Filing
10.10.06Troy Metal Fabricating, LLC Building Lease March 31, 2008.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.06 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.1210.14  Kontokorrentkredit Overdraft Agreement, dated July 29, 2011, Between ExOne GmbH and Stadtsparkasse Augsburg. (translated from German).  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.1310.15      Aval Kredit-Rahmanvertrag, Linton Bank Guarantees, dated July 29, 2011, Between ExOne GmbH and Stadtsparkasse Augsburg. (translated from German).  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.

Exhibit

Number

DescriptionMethod of Filing
10.1410.16      Abtretung von Außenständer, Assignment of Receivables, dated July 29, 2011, Between ExOne GmbH and Stadtsparkasse Augsburg. (translated from German).  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.15Revolving Demand Note, dated January 1, 2012 by and between the Company and Rockwell Forest Products, Inc.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 8, 2013.
10.1610.17  Leasing Contract, Agreement Concerning Use of Machine, Sale and Leaseback Agreement, dated November 21, 2012, between ExOne GmbH and Deutsche für Sparkassen und Mittelstand GmbH (translated from German).  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-185933) filed on January 24, 2013.
10.17Employment Agreement, dated March 7, 2013, by and between the Company and JoEllen Lyons Dillon.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to

Form 10-K (#001-35806) filed on March 29, 2013.

10.18Employment Agreement dated December 23, 2013 between the ExOne Company and Rainer Hoechsmann.*

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to

Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2013.

10.19Managing Director Contract dated December 23, 2013 between the ExOne Company and Rainer Hoeschmann.*

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to

Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2013.

10.20  Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K (#001-35806) filed on March 29, 2013.
10.21Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8(No. 333-187053) filed on March 5, 2013.
10.2210.19  Offer to Conclude a Sales Contract.  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-190768) filed on September 3, 2013.

10.2310.20  Sales Contract.  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-190768) filed on September 3, 2013.

Exhibit

Number

DescriptionMethod of Filing
10.2410.21  General Contractor Agreement.  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (#333-190768) filed on September 3, 2013.

10.2510.22  Statement of Work, dated as of March 6, 2014, by and among The ExOne Company, ExOne GmbH and proALPHA Consulting GmbH.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Form 8-K (#001-35806) filed on March 11, 2014.
10.2621.1  FormSubsidiaries of Stock Bonus Agreement.the Registrant.  Filed herewith.
  21.123.1  SubsidiariesConsent of the Registrant.Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP.  Filed herewith as Exhibit 21.1.herewith.
  23.1Consent of ParenteBeard LLC.Filed herewith as Exhibit 23.1.
31.1  Rule 13(a)-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer.  Filed herewith as Exhibit 31.1.herewith.
31.2  Rule 13(a)-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer.  Filed herewith as Exhibit 31.2.herewith.
32  Section 1350 Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer.  Filed herewith as Exhibit 32.herewith.
101  Interactive Data File.  Filed herewith as Exhibit 101.herewith.

Each management contract and compensatory arrangement in which any director or any named executive officer participates has been marked with an asterisk (*).

You can obtain copies of these exhibits electronically at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The exhibits are also available as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K on ExOne’s corporate website atwww.exone.com. Stockholders may also obtain copies of exhibits without charge by contacting the Chief Legal

Officer and Corporate Secretary at (724) 863-9663. The Interactive Data File (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.

Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, The ExOne Company has filed certain agreements as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other party or parties to such agreements and (i) may have been qualified by disclosures made to such other party or parties, (ii) were made only as of the date of such agreements or such other date(s) as may be specified in such agreements and are subject to more recent developments, which may not be fully reflected in The ExOne Company’s public disclosure, (iii) may reflect the allocation of risk among the parties to such agreements and (iv) may apply materiality standards that are different from what may be viewed as material to investors. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe The ExOne Company’s actual state of affairs at the date hereof and should not be relied upon.

 

9593